Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

under+the+(protection+of+the)+new+law

  • 1 under

    under [ˊʌndə]
    1. prep
    1) указывает на положение одного предмета ниже другого или на направление действия вниз под, ни́же;

    under the chair под сту́лом

    ;

    under one's feet под нога́ми

    ;

    put the suitcase under the table поста́вьте чемода́н под стол

    2) указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью чего-л. под;

    under the load под тя́жестью

    ;

    he broke down under the burden of sorrow го́ре сломи́ло его́

    3) указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под;

    to work under a professor рабо́тать под руково́дством профе́ссора

    ;

    England under the Stuarts А́нглия в эпо́ху Стю́артов

    ;

    an office under Government госуда́рственная слу́жба

    4) указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определённом состоянии и т.п.:

    the question is under consideration вопро́с обсужда́ется

    ;

    the road is under repair доро́га ремонти́руется

    ;

    under arrest под аре́стом

    5) указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на;

    under fire под огнём

    ;

    under arms вооружённый

    ;

    under heavy penalty под стра́хом суро́вого наказа́ния

    ;

    under the necessity of smth. под давле́нием каки́х-л. обстоя́тельств

    ;

    under cover под прикры́тием

    ;

    under an assumed name под вы́мышленным и́менем

    ;

    under a mask под ма́ской

    ;

    under the protection of smth. под защи́той чего́-л.

    6) указывает на соответствие, согласованность по;

    under the present agreement по настоя́щему соглаше́нию

    ;

    under the new law по но́вому зако́ну

    ;

    under right in international law в соотве́тствии с междунаро́дным пра́вом

    ;

    to operate ( или to act) under a principle де́йствовать по при́нципу

    7) указывает на включение в графу, параграф, пункт и т.п. под, к;

    the subject falls under the head of grammar э́та те́ма отно́сится к грамма́тике

    ;

    this rule goes under point five э́то пра́вило отно́сится к пу́нкту пя́тому

    8) указывает на меньшую степень, более низкую цену, на меньший возраст и т.п. ни́же, ме́ньше;

    under two hundred people were there там бы́ло ме́ньше двухсо́т челове́к

    ;

    the child is under five ребёнку ещё нет пяти́ лет

    ;

    I cannot reach the village under two hours я не могу́ добра́ться до дере́вни ме́ньше, чем за два часа́

    ;

    under certain age не дости́гший определённого во́зраста

    ;

    to sell under cost продава́ть ни́же сто́имости

    9) указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определённых целях под;

    a field under clover по́ле, засе́янное кле́вером

    2. adv
    1) ни́же, вниз
    2) внизу́

    to bring under подчиня́ть

    ;

    to keep under искореня́ть, не дава́ть распространя́ться

    3. a
    1) ни́жний
    2) ни́зший, нижестоя́щий, подчинённый
    3) ме́ньший, ни́же устано́вленной но́рмы
    4. n арт. недолёт

    Англо-русский словарь Мюллера > under

  • 2 under

    [ˈʌndə]
    belong under иметь отношение belong under относиться under two hundred people were there там было меньше двухсот человек; the child is under five ребенку еще нет пяти лет England under the Stuarts Англия в эпоху Стюартов; an office under Government государственная служба under prep указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определенных целях под; a field under clover поле, засеянное клевером under prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под; under the load под тяжестью; he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его I cannot reach the village under two hours я не могу добраться до деревни меньше, чем за два часа listed under котирующийся неполностью to operate (или to act) under a principle действовать по принципу under one's feet под ногами; put the suitcase under the table поставьте чемодан под стол under prep указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определенном состоянии и т. п.: the question is under consideration вопрос обсуждается the road is under repair дорога ремонтируется; under arrest под арестом under age не достигший определенного возраста; несовершеннолетний; to sell under cost продавать ниже стоимости the subject falls under the head of grammar эта тема относится к грамматике; this rule goes under point five это правило относится к пункту пятому the subject falls under the head of grammar эта тема относится к грамматике; this rule goes under point five это правило относится к пункту пятому under pref ниже, под: underground под землей under в силу under в соответствии under внизу; to bring under подчинять; to keep under искоренять, не давать распространяться under меньший, ниже установленной нормы under на основании under арт. недолет under ниже, вниз under нижний under низший, нижестоящий, подчиненный under pref присоединяясь к глаголу и прилагательному, придает значение недостаточности, неполноты недо-; ниже чем under pref присоединяясь к существительному, придает значение подчиненности: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра under согласно under prep указывает на включение в графу, параграф, пункт и т. п. под, к under prep указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определенных целях под; a field under clover поле, засеянное клевером under prep указывает на меньшую степень, более низкую цену, на меньший возраст и т. п. ниже, меньше under prep указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определенном состоянии и т. п.: the question is under consideration вопрос обсуждается under prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под; under the load под тяжестью; he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его under prep указывает на положение одного предмета ниже другого или на направление действия вниз под, ниже; under the table под столом under prep указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под; to work under a professor работать под руководством профессора under prep указывает на соответствие, согласованность по; under the present agreement по настоящему соглашению under prep указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на; under fire под огнем; under arms вооруженный under an assumed name под вымышленным именем; under a mask под маской; under the protection (of smth.) под защитой (чего-л.) under an assumed name под вымышленным именем; under a mask под маской; under the protection (of smth.) под защитой (чего-л.) under prep указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на; under fire под огнем; under arms вооруженный under heavy penalty под страхом сурового наказания; under the necessity (of smth.) под давлением (каких-л.) обстоятельств; under cover под прикрытием under one's feet под ногами; put the suitcase under the table поставьте чемодан под стол under the new law по новому закону; under right in international law в соответствии с международным правом under prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под; under the load под тяжестью; he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его under the new law по новому закону; under right in international law в соответствии с международным правом under prep указывает на соответствие, согласованность по; under the present agreement по настоящему соглашению under an assumed name под вымышленным именем; under a mask под маской; under the protection (of smth.) под защитой (чего-л.) under two hundred people were there там было меньше двухсот человек; the child is under five ребенку еще нет пяти лет underground подземный; underclothes нижнее белье underclothes: underclothes pl нижнее белье underclothing: underclothing = underclothes to undervalue недооценивать; underdone недожаренный; to undernourish недокармливать underdone: underdone p. p. от underdo under pref ниже, под: underground под землей underground подземный; underclothes нижнее белье underground: underground (the underground) метрополитен under под землей under подземный under подпольная организация; подполье under тайно, подпольно, нелегально under тайный, подпольный to undervalue недооценивать; underdone недожаренный; to undernourish недокармливать undernourish: undernourish недокармливать under pref присоединяясь к существительному, придает значение подчиненности: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра undersecretary: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра; Parliamentary undersecretary заместитель министра (член кабинета); permanent undersecretary несменяемый помощник министра under заместитель секретаря to undervalue недооценивать; underdone недожаренный; to undernourish недокармливать undervalue: undervalue недооценивать, оценивать слишком низко, оценивать ниже действительной стоимости; обесценивать under недооценивать under prep указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под; to work under a professor работать под руководством профессора

    English-Russian short dictionary > under

  • 3 under

    1. preposition
    1) указывает на положение одного предмета ниже другого или на направление действия вниз под, ниже; under the table под столом; under one's feet под ногами; put the suitcase under the table поставьте чемодан под стол
    2) указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью чего-л. под; under the load под тяжестью; he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его
    3) указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под; to work under a professor работать под руководством профессора; England under the Stuarts Англия в эпоху Стюартов; an office under Government государственная служба
    4) указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определенном состоянии и т. п.: the question is under consideration вопрос обсуждается; the road is under repair дорога ремонтируется; under arrest под арестом
    5) указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на; under fire под огнем; under arms вооруженный; under heavy penalty под страхом сурового наказания; under the necessity of smth. под давлением каких-л. обстоятельств; under cover под прикрытием; under an assumed name под вымышленным именем; under a mask под маской; under the protection of smth. под защитой чего-л.
    6) указывает на соответствие, согласованность по; under the present agreement по настоящему соглашению; under the new law по новому закону; under right in international law в соответствии с международным правом; to operate (или to act) under a principle действовать по принципу
    7) указывает на включение в графу, параграф, пункт и т. п. под, к; the subject falls under the head of grammar эта тема относится к грамматике; this rule goes under point five это правило относится к пункту пятому
    8) указывает на меньшую степень, более низкую цену, на меньший возраст и т. п. ниже, меньше; under two hundred people were there там было меньше двухсот человек; the child is under five ребенку еще нет пяти лет; I cannot reach the village under two hours я не могу добраться до деревни меньше, чем за два часа; under age не достигший определенного возраста; несовершеннолетний; to sell under cost продавать ниже стоимости
    9) указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определенных целях под; a field under clover поле, засеянное клевером
    2. adverb
    1) ниже, вниз
    2) внизу
    to bring under подчинять
    to keep under искоренять, не давать распространяться
    3. adjective
    1) нижний
    2) низший, нижестоящий, подчиненный
    3) меньший, ниже установленной нормы
    4. noun artil.
    недолет
    5. pref.
    1) в значении ниже, под, присоединяясь к существительному, образует разные части речи:
    underground
    а) под землей;
    б) подземный; underclothes нижнее белье
    2) присоединяясь к существительному, придает значение подчиненности: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра
    3) присоединяясь к глаголу и прилагательному, придает значение недостаточности, неполноты недо-; ниже чем; to undervalue недооценивать; underdone недожаренный; to undernourish недокармливать
    * * *
    (p) под
    * * *
    1) под 2) при, по, согласно, в соответствии 3) в
    * * *
    [un·der || 'ʌndə(r)] prep. под, по, при, в процессе, согласно, меньше, ниже
    * * *
    за
    на-под
    под
    подо
    по-за
    позади
    с-за
    с-под
    * * *
    1. предл. 1) а) под б) под в) у 2) а) под б) под 3) а) связанность обещанием под б) в в) по 4) под, при, в эпоху, во время 2. нареч. 1) а) вниз, ниже, по направлению вниз б) внизу 2) ниже (по должности, званию), в подчинении 3. прил. 1) нижний 2) тихий, смягченный, негромкий, приглушенный (о голосе, звуке) 4. сущ. 1) мн.; редк. нижнее белье 2) артил. недолет 5. прист. 1) ниже 2) под 3) под (именем, псевдонимом)

    Новый англо-русский словарь > under

  • 4 under

    ˈʌndə
    1. предл.
    1) а) указывает на расположение одного предмета ниже другого под, ниже under the roof ≈ под крышей б) указывает на расположение под поверхностью чего-л. под The letter is under the door. ≈ Письмо под дверью. в) указывает на нахождение рядом с чем-л. у, около, под under the pole ≈ у полюса
    2) а) указывает на нахождение под властью, контролем, командованием под under inspection ≈ под контролем б) указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью, давлением, угрозой чего-л. под under pressureпод давлением в) указывает на связанность обещанием под, по to be under oath to tell the trut ≈ дать присягу говорить правду г) указывает на пребывание под действием, влиянием чего-л., а также нахождение в каких-л. условиях в, под under the impression ≈ под впечатлением under any conditions ≈ в любых условиях
    3) указывает на отнесенность к периоду, эпохе, строю под, при, в эпоху, во время under capitalism ≈ при капитализме
    4) а) указывает на включение в графу, параграф, раздел и т. п. под, к under the head ≈ под рубрикой б) указывает на имя, часто вымышленное, под которым кто-л. выступает, пишет и т. д. under a pen-nameпод псевдонимом в) указывает на подпись, дату и т. д. за under smb.'s signatureза подписью кого-л.
    5) указывает на меньшее количество, меньшую степень, более низкую цену, на меньший возраст и т. п. ниже, меньше under costниже стоимости
    6) указывает на произрастающую на участке земли опред. культуру под a field under wheat ≈ аоле под пшеницей
    7) указывает на соответствие закону, правилам и т. п. по under the terms of agreementпо условиям соглашения
    2. нареч.
    1) вниз, ниже Syn: down
    2) внизу
    3) ниже, меньше
    4) ниже (по должности, званию)
    3. прил.
    1) нижний;
    расположенный внизу или ниже an upper lip ≈ нижняя губа the under bank of the stream ≈ расположенная ниже по течению реки отмель
    2) тихий, негоромкий, приглушенный( о звуке, голосе) Syn: subdued, low II
    1.
    3) подчиненный, нижестоящий, низший;
    младший (по чину, должности) Syn: subordinate
    1., inferior
    2.
    4) меньший, ниже установленной нормы;
    неполный, недостаточный Syn: defective
    1., insufficient
    4. сущ.
    1) мн.;
    редк. нижнее белье Syn: underclothes, underwear
    2) артил. недолет
    5. прист.
    1) ниже, под а) нахождение под каким-л. предметом under a tree ≈ под деревом б) нахождени ниже поверхности under water ≈ под водой в) расположение непосредственно ниже чего-л. a bump just under his eye ≈ синяк под глазом
    2) под (нахождение под бременем, давлением) to sink under a heavy load ≈ ослабеть под бременем забот
    3) под (именем, псевдонимом)
    4) к, под указывает на отнесение к разделу, главе и т. п. Classify the books under "Fiction." ≈ Отнеси эти книги к разделу "Фантастика".
    5) меньше чем, ниже чем (указывает на недостаточность, неполноту) purchased under cost ≈ приобрел по заниженной цене что-либо не отвечающее стандарту, не соответствующее установленному размеру радио или телепрограмма, занявшая меньше времени, чем было отведено (военное) недолет нижний, находящийся внизу, под (чем-либо) ;
    покрытый( чем-либо) - * jaw нижняя челюсть - the * layer нижний слой тихий, приглушенный (о звуке) подчиненный, нижестоящий, занимающий более низкое положение меньший;
    не отвечающий стандарту или норме - an * dose of medicine уменьшенная доза лекарства (американизм) (сленг) безвыходное положение - to get out from * выпутаться;
    развязаться с кем-либо, чем-либо;
    расплатиться с долгами указывает на движение вниз, под какой-либо предмет: вниз - get * quick! лезь скорее вниз! указывает на положение ниже чего-либо: внизу, ниже - he was buried * by an avalanche его засыпало снежной лавиной - he was snowed * in the election он с треском провалился на выборах указывает на место, находящееся дальше в книге, статье: ниже, дальше - as * как сказано ниже указывает на положение ниже уровня воды или движение под воду: под - the swimmer went * пловец скрылся под водой указывает на положение за горизонтом или движение за горизонт (о солнце): за горизонт(ом) - the sun went * an hour ago солнце село час назад указывает на меньшее количество: меньше - the dollars or * десять долларов или меньше указывет на более молодой возраст: моложе - children of seven years and * дети семи лет и моложе указывает на установление контроля над чем-либо или ликвидацию чего-либо - to bring * подчинять указывает на нахождение под каким-либо предметом: под - * the bed под кроватью указывает на расположение ниже какого-либо предмета или непосредственно под ним: под - the village lies * a mountain деревня расположена у подножия горы указывает на нахождение рядом с чем-либо: у, под - * the very pole у самого полюса указывает на нахождение под поверхностью чего-либо или ниже какого-либо уровня: под - * the ground под землей указывает на движение под какой-либо предмет или прохождение под каким-либо предметом: под - slip the letter * the door подсуньте письмо под дверь указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью, давлением, угрозой: под - * pressure под давлением - * the threat of smth. под угрозой чего-либо указывает на вынужденность, связанность обещанием: под,по - you are * oath to tell the truth вы дали присягу говорить только правду указывает на нахождение под каким-либо влиянием или воздействием: под, в - * the impression that под впечатлением того, что указывает на нахождение под командованием, руководством, наблюдением, покровительством кого-либо: под, в, у - to fight * smb. сражаться под чьим-либо командованием - to be * smb. работать под начальством кого-либо указывает на отнесение к какому-либо общественному строю, эпохе, правлению: под, при;
    в (эпоху), во время - * capitalism при капитализме - * the Roman Empire в эпоху Римской империи указывает на нахождение в каком-либо состоянии или каких-либо условиях: под, в, при - * such conditions в таких условиях указывает на осуществление действия: под, на;
    вместе с существительным передается часто личной формой глагола - the matter is * discussion вопрос обсуждается указывает на соответствие закону, правилам, договору: по, согласно - * agreement по соглашению - * the terms of the treaty по условиям договора указывает на включение в главу, раздел: под, в, на - * the head под заголовком указывает на имя( часто вымышленное), псевдоним: под - * an assumed name под вымышленным именем указывает на наличие подписи, даты: за - * smb.'s signature за чьей-либо подписью указывает на меньшее количество: меньше;
    ниже - * 50 people were there там не было и пятидесяти человек указывает на более молодой возраст: до, моложе - children * six years of age дети до шести лет указывает на отступление от какого-либо стандарта, установленного размера, количества: меньше, ниже - the loaf is * weight эта буханка весит меньше нормы указывает на более низкий ранг, подчиненное положение: ниже - a corporal is * sergeant по чину капрал ниже сержанта указывает на произрастающую на данном участке культуру: под - a field * wheat поле под пшеницей, поле, засеянное пшеницей > * one's breath тихим голосом;
    шепотом belong ~ иметь отношение belong ~ относиться ~ two hundred people were there там было меньше двухсот человек;
    the child is under five ребенку еще нет пяти лет England ~ the Stuarts Англия в эпоху Стюартов;
    an office under Government государственная служба ~ prep указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определенных целях под;
    a field under clover поле, засеянное клевером ~ prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под;
    under the load под тяжестью;
    he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его I cannot reach the village ~ two hours я не могу добраться до деревни меньше, чем за два часа listed ~ котирующийся неполностью to operate( или to act) ~ a principle действовать по принципу ~ one's feet под ногами;
    put the suitcase under the table поставьте чемодан под стол ~ prep указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определенном состоянии и т. п.: the question is under consideration вопрос обсуждается the road is ~ repair дорога ремонтируется;
    under arrest под арестом ~ age не достигший определенного возраста;
    несовершеннолетний;
    to sell under cost продавать ниже стоимости the subject falls ~ the head of grammar эта тема относится к грамматике;
    this rule goes under point five это правило относится к пункту пятому the subject falls ~ the head of grammar эта тема относится к грамматике;
    this rule goes under point five это правило относится к пункту пятому under pref ниже, под: underground под землей ~ в силу ~ в соответствии ~ внизу;
    to bring under подчинять;
    to keep under искоренять, не давать распространяться ~ меньший, ниже установленной нормы ~ на основании ~ арт. недолет ~ ниже, вниз ~ нижний ~ низший, нижестоящий, подчиненный ~ pref присоединяясь к глаголу и прилагательному, придает значение недостаточности, неполноты недо-;
    ниже чем ~ pref присоединяясь к существительному, придает значение подчиненности: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра ~ согласно ~ prep указывает на включение в графу, параграф, пункт и т. п. под, к ~ prep указывает на использование площади, участка земли в определенных целях под;
    a field under clover поле, засеянное клевером ~ prep указывает на меньшую степень, более низкую цену, на меньший возраст и т. п. ниже, меньше ~ prep указывает на нахождение в движении, процессе, осуществлении, определенном состоянии и т. п.: the question is under consideration вопрос обсуждается ~ prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под;
    under the load под тяжестью;
    he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его ~ prep указывает на положение одного предмета ниже другого или на направление действия вниз под, ниже;
    under the table под столом ~ prep указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под;
    to work under a professor работать под руководством профессора ~ prep указывает на соответствие, согласованность по;
    under the present agreement по настоящему соглашению ~ prep указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на;
    under fire под огнем;
    under arms вооруженный ~ an assumed name под вымышленным именем;
    under a mask под маской;
    under the protection( of smth.) под защитой( чего-л.) ~ an assumed name под вымышленным именем;
    under a mask под маской;
    under the protection( of smth.) под защитой (чего-л.) ~ prep указывает на условия, обстоятельства, при которых совершается действие при, под, на;
    under fire под огнем;
    under arms вооруженный ~ heavy penalty под страхом сурового наказания;
    under the necessity( of smth.) под давлением (каких-л.) обстоятельств;
    under cover под прикрытием ~ one's feet под ногами;
    put the suitcase under the table поставьте чемодан под стол ~ the new law по новому закону;
    under right in international law в соответствии с международным правом ~ prep указывает на нахождение под бременем, тяжестью (чего-л.) под;
    under the load под тяжестью;
    he broke down under the burden of sorrow горе сломило его ~ the new law по новому закону;
    under right in international law в соответствии с международным правом ~ prep указывает на соответствие, согласованность по;
    under the present agreement по настоящему соглашению ~ an assumed name под вымышленным именем;
    under a mask под маской;
    under the protection (of smth.) под защитой (чего-л.) ~ two hundred people were there там было меньше двухсот человек;
    the child is under five ребенку еще нет пяти лет underground подземный;
    underclothes нижнее белье underclothes: underclothes pl нижнее белье underclothing: underclothing = underclothes to undervalue недооценивать;
    underdone недожаренный;
    to undernourish недокармливать underdone: underdone p. p. от underdo under pref ниже, под: underground под землей underground подземный;
    underclothes нижнее белье underground: underground (the underground) метрополитен ~ под землей ~ подземный ~ подпольная организация;
    подполье ~ тайно, подпольно, нелегально ~ тайный, подпольный to undervalue недооценивать;
    underdone недожаренный;
    to undernourish недокармливать undernourish: undernourish недокармливать ~ pref присоединяясь к существительному, придает значение подчиненности: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра undersecretary: undersecretary заместитель или помощник министра;
    Parliamentary undersecretary заместитель министра (член кабинета) ;
    permanent undersecretary несменяемый помощник министра ~ заместитель секретаря to undervalue недооценивать;
    underdone недожаренный;
    to undernourish недокармливать undervalue: undervalue недооценивать, оценивать слишком низко, оценивать ниже действительной стоимости;
    обесценивать ~ недооценивать ~ prep указывает на пребывание под властью, контролем, командованием под;
    to work under a professor работать под руководством профессора

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > under

  • 5 protection

    охрана; защита
    - protection at exhibitions
    - protection by patent
    - protection for designs
    - protection from unfair competition
    - protection under the patent law
    - protection of algorithms
    - protection of chemically obtained substances
    - protection of computer programs and data bases
    - protection of designs
    - protection of discoveries
    - protection of exposed trade secrets
    - protection of geographical denominations
    - protection of indications of source
    - protection of industrial designs
    - protection of industrial property
    - protection of industrial property rights
    - protection of intellectual property
    - protection of intellectual property rights
    - protection of inventions
    - protection of inventor's rights
    - protection of know-how
    - protection of licensor
    - protection of marks
    - protection of new varieties of plants
    - protection of patent
    - protection of patent rights
    - protection of scientific discoveries
    - protection of scientific property
    - protection of semi-conductor topographies layout designs for integrated circuit chips
    - protection of technical data
    - protection of topographies of integrated circuits
    - ad interim protection
    - common law protection
    - copyright protection
    - design protection
    - international protection
    - legal protection
    - long-term protection
    - patent protection
    - patent rights protection
    - product protection
    - property protection
    - provisional protection
    - quality protection
    - sample protection
    - short-term protection
    - temporary protection
    - trademark protection
    - trade secrets protection
    * * *
    охрана; защита
    —————
    см. coverage

    Patent terms dictionary > protection

  • 6 acogerse

    pron.v.
    to take refuge.
    * * *
    1 (refugiarse) to take refuge (a, in)
    2 (a una ley etc) to have recourse to; (amnistía, promesa) to avail oneself of
    * * *
    * * *
    VPR
    1) (=acudir)

    acogerse a[+ ley, derecho] to invoke

    2) (=beneficiarse)

    acogerse a, los trabajadores que lo deseen podrán acogerse a las bajas incentivadas — any workers who wish to may take voluntary redundancy

    * * *

    ■acogerse verbo reflexivo
    1 (dar una excusa) to take refuge [a, in]
    2 (apelar a una costumbre, a una promesa, etc) to avail oneself of
    acogerse a la ley, to have recourse to the law: me acojo a la cuarta enmienda, I'm going to make use of the fourth amendment
    ' acogerse' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acoger
    * * *
    vpr
    acogerse a [recurrir a] to invoke;
    se acogió al artículo primero de la Constitución she invoked Article 1 of the Constitution;
    no te acojas a una excusa tan tonta don't try and hide behind such a ridiculous excuse;
    2.000 trabajadores se han acogido al nuevo plan de pensiones 2,000 workers have signed up for the new pension scheme;
    abortó acogiéndose a la nueva ley she was able to have an abortion under the new law
    * * *
    v/r
    :
    acogerse a algo have recourse to sth
    * * *
    vr
    1) refugiarse: to take refuge
    2)
    acogerse a : to resort to, to avail oneself of

    Spanish-English dictionary > acogerse

  • 7 amparo

    m.
    1 protection.
    al amparo de with the help of; (persona, caridad) under the protection of (ley)
    2 Amparo.
    3 special injunction.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: amparar.
    * * *
    1 protection, shelter
    \
    al amparo de under the protection of
    * * *
    noun m.
    protection, refuge, shelter
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=protección)
    2) (=refugio) shelter, refuge

    la cabaña da amparo contra la nieve — the hut provides shelter from the snow, the hut gives refuge from the snow

    3) (Jur)

    recurso de amparoappeal on the grounds of unconstitutionality

    * * *
    a) ( protección) protection
    b) ( refugio) refuge
    * * *
    = shelter, protection, a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex. The basic needs of any worker are food, water, shelter, sleep, which sustain life on its most minimal level.
    Ex. The second title may be indexed under: wire, rope, lubrication, corrosion, protection.
    Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    ----
    * al amparo de la noche = under cover of night.
    * al amparo de la oscuridad = under cover of darkness.
    * buscar amparo = seek + shelter.
    * * *
    a) ( protección) protection
    b) ( refugio) refuge
    * * *
    = shelter, protection, a shoulder to cry on.

    Ex: The basic needs of any worker are food, water, shelter, sleep, which sustain life on its most minimal level.

    Ex: The second title may be indexed under: wire, rope, lubrication, corrosion, protection.
    Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    * al amparo de la noche = under cover of night.
    * al amparo de la oscuridad = under cover of darkness.
    * buscar amparo = seek + shelter.

    * * *
    1 (protección) protection
    están bajo mi amparo they're under my protection
    al amparo de under the protection of
    al amparo de la nueva ley under the (protection of the) new law
    al amparo de la noche under cover of (the) night o of darkness
    2 (refugio) shelter
    les dio amparo contra sus perseguidores she sheltered them o gave them refuge from their pursuers
    su fe fue su amparo en la desgracia his faith was his refuge in times of misfortune
    aquella cabaña era amparo de caminantes that hut provided shelter o refuge for travelers
    * * *

     

    Del verbo amparar: ( conjugate amparar)

    amparo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    amparó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    amparar    
    amparo
    amparar ( conjugate amparar) verbo transitivo

    ¡que Dios nos ampare! may the Lord help us!


    ampararse verbo pronominal
    a) amparose en algo ‹ en la ley› to seek protection in sth;


    b) ( resguardarse) amparose de or contra algo to shelter from sth

    amparo sustantivo masculino


    dar amparo a algn to give sb refuge
    amparar verbo transitivo to protect, support, abet
    amparo sustantivo masculino
    1 protection, shelter
    ♦ Locuciones: al amparo de, under the protection of
    Jur recurso de amparo, appeal for legal protection
    ' amparo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigo
    - cobijo
    - sombra
    - amparar
    English:
    cover
    * * *
    amparo nm
    protection;
    su familia es su único amparo his family is his only place of refuge;
    dar amparo a to give protection to, to protect;
    al amparo de [persona, caridad] with the help of;
    [ley] under the protection of;
    huyeron al amparo de la oscuridad they fled under cover of darkness
    * * *
    m protection; ( cobijo) shelter;
    al amparo de under the protection of
    * * *
    amparo nm
    acogida, refugio: protection, refuge
    * * *
    1. (protección) protection

    Spanish-English dictionary > amparo

  • 8 abrigo

    m.
    1 coat, overcoat (item of clothing).
    abrigo de piel fur coat
    2 shelter (refugio).
    al abrigo de safe from; (peligro, ataque) sheltered from; (lluvia, viento) under the protection of (ley)
    3 south wind, Auster, souther.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: abrigar.
    * * *
    1 (prenda) coat, overcoat
    2 (refugio) shelter
    \
    al abrigo de protected from, sheltered from
    al abrigo de la ley under the protection of the law
    ser de abrigo figurado to be undesirable
    ropa de abrigo warm clothing, warm clothes plural
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) coat
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=prenda) coat
    2) (=protección)
    a) [contra el frío]

    ¿tienes suficiente abrigo? — are you warm enough?

    b) [contra el viento, la lluvia] shelter

    las rocas nos sirvieron de abrigo — the rocks sheltered us, the rocks gave us shelter

    3)

    al abrigo de —

    a) (=protegido por) [+ seto, roca] in the shelter of; [+ noche, oscuridad] under cover of; [+ ley, poder] under, under the protection of
    b) (=protegido de) [+ tormenta, viento] sheltered from; [+ escándalo, desgracias] protected from

    nos pusimos al abrigo del vientowe took shelter o we sheltered from the wind

    4) (Náut) natural harbour, natural harbor (EEUU), haven
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( prenda) coat

    un raído vestido era todo su abrigo — (liter) all she was wearing was a threadbare dress

    2) (refugio, protección) shelter

    al abrigo de algo/alguien: al abrigo de los árboles sheltered under the trees; al abrigo de la lumbre by the fireside; corrió al abrigo de su madre — she ran to her mother for protection

    * * *
    = coat, overcoat.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'The technicolor coat of the academic library personnel officer: the evolution from paper-pusher to policy maker'.
    Ex. Sometimes I wonder if someday I will meet someone whose presence won't feel like an ill-fitting overcoat, like something heavy in my pocket that I should've left at home.
    ----
    * abrigo de pieles = fur coat.
    * al abrigo de = on the lee side of.
    * ropa de abrigo = warm clothing.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( prenda) coat

    un raído vestido era todo su abrigo — (liter) all she was wearing was a threadbare dress

    2) (refugio, protección) shelter

    al abrigo de algo/alguien: al abrigo de los árboles sheltered under the trees; al abrigo de la lumbre by the fireside; corrió al abrigo de su madre — she ran to her mother for protection

    * * *
    = coat, overcoat.

    Ex: The article is entitled 'The technicolor coat of the academic library personnel officer: the evolution from paper-pusher to policy maker'.

    Ex: Sometimes I wonder if someday I will meet someone whose presence won't feel like an ill-fitting overcoat, like something heavy in my pocket that I should've left at home.
    * abrigo de pieles = fur coat.
    * al abrigo de = on the lee side of.
    * ropa de abrigo = warm clothing.

    * * *
    A
    1 (prenda) coat
    abrigo de invierno/entretiempo winter/light coat
    un raído vestido era todo su abrigo ( liter); all she was wearing was a threadbare dress
    2
    (calor que brinda la ropa): este niño necesita más abrigo this child needs to be wrapped up warmer, this child needs some more clothes on
    yo con una manta no tengo suficiente abrigo I'm not warm enough with one blanket
    ropa de abrigo warm clothes
    de abrigo ( Esp fam): es un niño de abrigo he's a real handful ( colloq)
    le dieron una paliza de abrigo they gave him a real going-over ( colloq)
    B (refugio, protección) shelter
    al abrigo de algo/algn: al abrigo de los árboles, esperaron que pasara la lluvia they sheltered under the trees while they waited for the rain to stop
    comimos al abrigo de la lumbre we ate by the fireside
    siempre se pone al abrigo de los más poderosos he always makes sure he's in with the most influential people
    corrió al abrigo de su madre she ran to her mother for protection
    * * *

     

    Del verbo abrigar: ( conjugate abrigar)

    abrigo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    abrigó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    abrigar    
    abrigo
    abrigar ( conjugate abrigar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( con ropa) to wrap … up warm;

    2idea/esperanza to cherish;
    sospecha/duda› to harbor( conjugate harbor), entertain
    verbo intransitivo [ ropa] to be warm
    abrigarse verbo pronominal ( refl) to wrap up warm
    abrigo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( prenda) coat



    con una manta no tengo suficiente abrigo I'm not warm enough with one blanket;
    ropa de abrigo warm clothes
    2 (refugio, protección) shelter;
    al abrigo de la lluvia/los árboles sheltered from the rain/under the trees;

    al abrigo de la lumbre by the fireside
    abrigar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo
    1 (dar calor) to keep warm: esta vieja manta ya no abriga mucho, this old blanket isn't very warm
    (tapar, cubrir, arropar) to wrap up: abriga bien al abuelo, keep grandfather wrapped up warm
    2 (resguardar) to protect, shelter
    3 (tener un deseo, un sentimiento) to cherish
    (una sospecha) to have, harbour, US harbor
    abrigo sustantivo masculino
    1 (prenda) coat, overcoat
    ropa de abrigo, warm clothes pl
    2 (lugar resguardado) shelter u (amparo) shelter
    ♦ Locuciones: al abrigo de, protected o sheltered from
    nos refugiamos al abrigo de los soportales, we took shelter under the arcades
    de abrigo: me echaron una bronca de abrigo, they kicked up an almighty row
    ' abrigo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    estado
    - ir
    - precio
    - puesta
    - puesto
    - quedarse
    - resguardo
    - rota
    - roto
    - si
    - solapa
    - trabilla
    - tres
    - airear
    - amplio
    - arrimar
    - batalla
    - cerrar
    - colgar
    - cruzado
    - desabotonarse
    - desabrochar
    - entretiempo
    - espléndido
    - forrado
    - forro
    - gabán
    - manga
    - modernizar
    - molo
    - paño
    - piel
    - salir
    - suelto
    - tapado
    English:
    buy
    - coat
    - cover
    - from
    - fur coat
    - grimy
    - hang
    - herself
    - himself
    - leave on
    - line
    - mink coat
    - off
    - overcoat
    - pick
    - ride up
    - shelter
    - warm
    - winnings
    - fur
    - get
    - keep
    - over
    - take
    * * *
    nm
    1. [prenda] coat
    abrigo de piel o pieles fur coat
    2. [defensa contra el frío]
    ropa de abrigo warm clothing;
    esta manta me es de mucho abrigo this blanket keeps me nice and warm
    3. [refugio] shelter;
    al abrigo de [peligro, ataque] safe from;
    [lluvia, viento] sheltered from; [ley] under the protection of;
    creció al abrigo de sus abuelos she was brought up in her grandparents' care
    de abrigo loc adj
    Esp Fam
    se organizó una pelea de abrigo a real free-for-all broke out;
    es un tipo de abrigo Br he's a dodgy character, US he's a piece of work;
    es un niño de abrigo he's a little scamp
    * * *
    m
    1 coat;
    2 ( protección) shelter;
    ropa de abrigo warm clothes;
    al abrigo de in the shelter of
    3
    :
    de abrigo fam real;
    un proyecto de abrigo a huge project
    * * *
    abrigo nm
    1) : coat, overcoat
    2) : shelter, refuge
    * * *
    1. (prenda) coat
    2. (protección) shelter

    Spanish-English dictionary > abrigo

  • 9 orden

    f.
    1 order (mandato).
    ¡a la orden!, ¡a sus órdenes! (military) (yes) sir!
    dar órdenes to give orders
    estar a la orden del día to be the order of the day
    hasta nueva orden until further notice
    por orden de by order of
    orden de busca y captura warrant for search and arrest
    2 order.
    orden de caballería order of knighthood
    orden militar military order
    ¿ya les tomaron la orden? have you ordered yet?
    4 kind, class, order.
    Un nuevo orden de dificultad A new kind of difficulty.
    5 religious order, order.
    6 writ.
    7 command line.
    m.
    1 order.
    en o por orden alfabético/cronológico in alphabetical/chronological order
    llamar al orden a alguien to call somebody to order
    poner en orden algo to tidy something up
    por orden in order
    sin orden ni concierto in a haphazard way
    las fuerzas del orden the forces of law and order
    el orden establecido the established order
    orden público law and order
    2 type, order (tipo).
    del orden de around, approximately, of o in the order of
    en otro orden de cosas on the other hand
    * * *
    2 BIOLOGÍA order
    3 ARQUITECTURA order
    4 field, sphere
    1 (mandato) order
    ¡es una orden! that's an order!
    ¡a la orden mi comandante! right away sir!
    2 RELIGIÓN order
    \
    del orden de of the order of, US on the order of
    de primer orden first-rate
    estar algo a la orden del día to be the done thing
    por orden de aparición in order of appearance
    por orden de by order of
    el orden del día the agenda
    la orden del día MILITAR the order of the day
    las fuerzas del orden the security forces
    orden de búsqueda y captura→ link=ordenorden de detención
    orden de caballería order of knighthood
    orden de detención arrest warrant
    orden de pago order of payment
    orden de registro search warrant
    orden judicial court order
    orden público public order, the peace, law and order
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. noun f.
    order, command
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) [en colocación, sucesión]
    a) [con objetos, personas] order

    poner orden en algo — to sort sth out

    b)

    en orden — in order

    todo en orden, mi capitán — everything is in order, captain

    poner en orden — [+ papeles, documentos] to sort out

    2) (tb: orden social) order

    llamar al orden — to call to order

    mantener el orden — to keep order

    restablecer el orden — to restore o reestablish order

    orden público — public order, law and order

    3) (=tipo) nature

    en otro orden de cosas... — at the same time..., meanwhile...

    de primer orden — [figura] leading; [factor] of prime importance, prime

    en todos los órdenes — on all fronts

    4)

    del orden de — in the order of, in the region of

    necesitamos del orden de 1.500 euros para comprarlo — we need approximately 1,500 euros to buy it

    5)

    en orden a — (=con miras a) with a view to; (=en cuanto a) with regard to

    en orden a hacer algo — in order to do sth

    6) (Arquit) order
    7) (Bio) order
    8) (Rel) (tb: orden sacerdotal) ordination
    2. SF
    1) (=mandato) order

    ¡es una orden! — (and) that's an order!

    dar una orden a algn — to give sb an order, order sb

    hasta nueva orden — until further notice

    por orden de — by order of

    estar a la orden del día —

    orden de allanamiento LAm search warrant

    orden de arresto, orden de búsqueda y captura — arrest warrant

    orden de comparación Méx summons, subpoena (EEUU)

    orden del día — (Mil) order of the day

    orden ministerial — ministerial order, ministerial decree

    2)

    a la orden —

    a) (Mil) yes, sir!
    b) LAm [en tienda] what can I get you?; (=no hay de qué) you're welcome, don't mention it!

    estoy a la orden para lo que necesites — if there is anything you need, just ask

    c)

    a las órdenes de algn — (Mil) at sb's command; [en la policía] under sb's instructions o orders; [en otros trabajos] under sb

    ¡a sus órdenes! — (Mil) yes sir; esp LAm at your service

    3) (Mil, Hist, Rel) (=institución) order
    4) pl órdenes (Rel) orders
    5) (Com, Econ) order; Méx (=pedido) order

    cheques a la orden de Suárez — cheques (to be made) payable to Suárez

    6) Méx (=ración) dish
    * * *
    I
    1) ( mandato) order

    por orden del Sr Alcaldeby order of His Honour (AmE) o (BrE) Worship the Mayor

    estamos a la orden para lo que necesite — (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you

    a sus órdenes! — yes, sir!

    a la orden! — (Mil) yes, sir!; ( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all

    2) (Fin) order
    3) (Hist, Mil, Relig) order
    4) (AmL) (Com) ( pedido) order
    II
    1)
    a) (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order

    en or por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

    b) (armonía, concierto) order

    llamar a alguien al ordento call somebody to order

    sin orden ni conciertowithout rhyme or reason

    c) ( disciplina) order
    d) (de curas/monjas order; ( fraternidad) order
    2)
    a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature
    b) ( cantidad)

    del orden de — (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

    c) (period) ( ámbito)

    en otro orden de cosas ¿qué opina de...? — moving on to something else, what do you think about...?

    3)
    a) (Arquit) order
    b) (Biol, Zool) order
    * * *
    I
    1) ( mandato) order

    por orden del Sr Alcaldeby order of His Honour (AmE) o (BrE) Worship the Mayor

    estamos a la orden para lo que necesite — (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you

    a sus órdenes! — yes, sir!

    a la orden! — (Mil) yes, sir!; ( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all

    2) (Fin) order
    3) (Hist, Mil, Relig) order
    4) (AmL) (Com) ( pedido) order
    II
    1)
    a) (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order

    en or por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

    b) (armonía, concierto) order

    llamar a alguien al ordento call somebody to order

    sin orden ni conciertowithout rhyme or reason

    c) ( disciplina) order
    d) (de curas/monjas order; ( fraternidad) order
    2)
    a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature
    b) ( cantidad)

    del orden de — (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

    c) (period) ( ámbito)

    en otro orden de cosas ¿qué opina de...? — moving on to something else, what do you think about...?

    3)
    a) (Arquit) order
    b) (Biol, Zool) order
    * * *
    orden1
    1 = command, commandment, directive, instruction, injunction, command function, edict.

    Ex: The first half of the command looks for words hit by 'FIB?' immediately followed by a word hit by 'OPTIC?'.

    Ex: The commandment KOLN see COLOGNE should be sufficient cause for the rejection of the illicit proposal to establish OPERA -- KOLN.
    Ex: This directive is not an instruction and does not prevent adherence to the citation order.
    Ex: A command language is the language with which the search proceeds; the commands are instructions that the searcher can issue to the computer.
    Ex: Familiar injunctions such as 'Enter under...' seem to have been lost.
    Ex: The command function 'BASE' is used to identify the data base to be searched.
    Ex: A French edict of 1571 set the maximum price of Latin textbooks in large type at 3 deniers a sheet.
    * acatar + Posesivo + órdenes = march to + Posesivo + orders.
    * búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.
    * cadena de órdenes = command chain.
    * dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * dictar órdenes = hand down + decisions.
    * ejecutar una orden = execute + command, execute + instruction.
    * encadenamiento de órdenes = command chaining.
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * interfaz de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based interface.
    * intérprete de órdenes = command interpreter.
    * lenguaje de órdenes = command language.
    * llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.
    * modalidad por órdenes = command mode.
    * orden bancaria = standing order, direct debit, direct billing.
    * orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relacionados = explode command.
    * orden de arresto = warrant for + Posesivo + arrest, arrest warrant.
    * orden de comparecencia = subpoena, summons, judicial summons.
    * orden de compra = purchase order.
    * orden de desalojo = eviction order.
    * orden de deshaucio = eviction order.
    * orden de detención = arrest warrant, warrant for + Posesivo + arrest.
    * orden de funcionamiento del disco = disc operating command.
    * orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.
    * orden de pedido = order.
    * órdenes = command line operation.
    * orden judicial = warrant, court order, writ.
    * orden judicial de alejamiento = protection order.
    * orden judicial de distanciamiento = restraining order.
    * orden permanente de pago = standing account.
    * orden por comportamiento antisocial = ASBO (Antisocial Behaviour Order).
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * que funciona a base de órdenes = command-driven.

    orden2
    2 = array, order, sequence, ranking, tidiness.

    Ex: A microopaque is a sheet of opaque material bearing a number of microimages in a two-dimensional array.

    Ex: A catalogue is a list of the materials or items in a library, with the entries representing the items arranged in some systematic order.
    Ex: A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.
    Ex: Those documents with sufficiently high rankings will be deemed relevant and eventually retrieved.
    Ex: The physical qualities that make a difference as to whether people visit woodlands or not include directional signs, good information boards and tidiness of appearance.
    * agente del orden = law enforcement officer, law-enforcement official, law enforcer.
    * alteración del orden = breach of the peace.
    * alteración del orden público = disorderly conduct, public order offence, breach of the peace.
    * alterar el orden público = breach + the peace, disturb + the peace.
    * clasificar en orden de importancia = rank + in order of importance.
    * del orden de = by the order of + Expresión Numérica.
    * de orden inferior = lower-order.
    * de orden superior = higher-order.
    * de primer orden = world-class, blue chip [blue-chip], first-order [1st-order].
    * de segundo orden = minor, second-order [2nd-order].
    * de tercer orden = tertiary.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en orden de importancia = in rank order, in order.
    * en orden jerárquico = in ranked order.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * falto de orden = unordered.
    * fuerzas del orden = police force.
    * fuerzas del orden público = police force.
    * imponer orden = impose + order, bring + order.
    * imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.
    * mantener Algo en orden = keep + Nombre + in order.
    * mantener el orden = keep + order, police.
    * mantener el orden público = maintain + public order.
    * Norma Británica 1749: Recomendaciones para la ordenación alfabética y el ord = BS (British Standard) 1749: Recommendations for alphabetical arrangement and the filing order of numerals and symbols.
    * número de orden = rank number.
    * orden alfabético = alphabetical order, alphabetic order.
    * orden alfanumérico = alphanumeric order.
    * ordenar por orden de importancia = rank + in order.
    * orden ascendente = ascending order, ascending sequence.
    * orden cronológico = chronological order.
    * orden de cita = citation order, combination order.
    * orden de coautoría = co-authorship order.
    * orden de combinación de encabezamientos = citation order.
    * orden decreciente de importancia = decreasing order of importance.
    * orden de firma = co-authorship order.
    * orden de importancia = pecking order, significance order.
    * orden de importancia de los conceptos = significance order of terms.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * orden de precedencia = order of precedence.
    * orden de preferencia = order of preference.
    * orden de prioridad = order of preference, priority order, pecking order, order of precedence.
    * orden de registro = search warrant.
    * orden descendente = descending order, descending sequence.
    * orden de sucesión = order of succession.
    * orden directo = direct order.
    * orden geográfico = geographical order.
    * orden integrado = integrated sequence.
    * orden inverso = reverse order.
    * orden inverso de palabras = indirect word order.
    * orden mundial = world order.
    * orden numérico = numerical order, numeric order.
    * orden preferido = preferred order.
    * orden público = public order.
    * orden secuencial = sequential order.
    * orden semiintegrado = semi-integrated sequence.
    * orden separado = separate sequence.
    * orden sistemático = classified order, systematic order.
    * orden social = social order.
    * orden topográfico = shelf order.
    * organizar según un orden específico = organise in + Adjetivo + order.
    * pensamiento de orden superior = higher-order thinking.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.
    * sin orden = unordered.
    * sin orden ni concierto = higgledy-piggledy, without rhyme or reason.
    * turbar el orden público = disturb + the peace, breach + the peace.

    orden3
    3 = order.

    Ex: The taxonomic subclass of acari (mites and ticks) comprises tens of thousands of species, grouped in many families and several orders.

    * ingresar en una orden religiosa = join + religious order.
    * orden de caballería = knighthood.
    * orden de los Agustinos = Augustinian order.
    * orden de los franciscanos, la = Franciscan order, the.
    * orden de los Jesuitas = Jesuit order.
    * orden monástica = monastic order.
    * orden religiosa = religious order.

    * * *
    A
    1 (mandato) order; ( Mil) order
    recibieron órdenes de desalojar el local they received orders to clear the premises
    acatar una orden to obey an order
    está siempre dando órdenes he's always giving orders
    deja de darme órdenes stop ordering me about
    por orden del Sr Alcalde se hace saber que … by order of His Worship the Mayor it is announced that …
    hasta nueva orden until further notice
    quedo a sus órdenes para … ( Corresp) ( frml); I am at your service for … ( frml)
    el coche/la casa está a sus órdenes the car/house is at your disposal
    por aquí estamos a la orden para cualquier cosa que necesite ( AmL); just let us know if there's anything we can do for you o we can do to help
    ¡a sus órdenes! yes, sir!
    2
    ¡a la orden! ( Mil) yes, sir!; (fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all, it's a pleasure
    Compuestos:
    restraining order,protective order ( AmE)
    arrest warrant
    orden de busca y captura or de búsqueda y captura
    arrest warrant
    (Chi, Méx) search warrant
    notice to quit
    arrest warrant
    ( Mil) order of the day
    estar a la orden del día to be the order of the day
    los atracos están a la orden del día muggings are the order of the day (at the moment)
    estos ordenadores están a la orden del día these computers are all the rage ( colloq)
    ver tb orden2 (↑ orden (2))
    travel warrant
    court order
    ministerial order o decree
    B ( Fin) order
    orden bancaria banker's order
    orden de pago order to pay
    páguese a la orden de … pay to the order of …
    Compuesto:
    standing order
    1 ( Hist, Mil) order
    orden militar military order
    orden de caballería order of knighthood
    la Orden de Calatrava/Santiago the Order of Calatrava/Santiago
    2 ( Relig) order
    una orden religiosa a religious order
    E ( Relig) (grado) order
    Compuestos:
    órdenes menores/mayores
    fpl minor/major orders (pl)
    fpl holy orders (pl)
    F ( AmL) ( Com) (pedido) order
    A
    1 (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order
    las fichas están en or por orden alfabético the cards are in alphabetical order
    el orden de las palabras the order of the words
    pónganse por orden de estatura line up according to height
    reparto por orden de aparición cast in order of appearance
    por orden cronológico in chronological order
    por orden de antigüedad in order of seniority
    vayamos por orden let's begin at the beginning
    2 (armonía, concierto) order
    pon un poco de orden en la habitación straighten your room up a little ( AmE), tidy your room up a bit ( BrE)
    puso orden en las cuentas she sorted the accounts out, she got the accounts straight
    puso las páginas en orden she sorted out the pages, she put the pages in order
    tengo que poner mis ideas en orden I have to sort my ideas out
    no tenía los papeles en orden his documents weren't in order
    ¿falta algo? — no, está todo en orden is anything missing? — no, everything is in order
    el nuevo orden mundial the new world order
    llamar a algn al orden to call sb to order
    sin orden ni concierto without rhyme or reason
    3 (disciplina) order
    para mantener el orden en la clase to keep order in the classroom
    ¡orden en la sala! order in court!
    la policía restableció el orden the police reestablished order
    Compuestos:
    battle formation
    agenda
    el primer tema del orden del día the first item on the agenda
    natural order
    el orden natural de las cosas the natural order of things
    public order
    mantener el orden público to keep the peace
    lo detuvieron por alterar el orden público he was arrested for causing a breach of the peace
    orden sacerdotal or sagrado
    ordination
    B
    1 ( frml) (carácter, índole) nature
    problemas de orden económico problems of an economic nature
    2
    (cantidad): del orden de ( frml); on the order of ( AmE), in o of the order of ( BrE)
    ingresos del orden de los 150.000 dólares receipts on o in o of the order of 150,000 dollars
    3 ( period)
    (ámbito): en el orden internacional on the international front
    en este orden de cosas in this respect
    4
    en orden a ( frml); with a view to
    C
    1 ( Arquit) order
    orden dórico/jónico/corintio Doric/Ionic/Corinthian order
    2 ( Biol, Zool) order
    * * *

     

    orden 1 sustantivo femenino
    1 ( mandato) order;

    hasta nueva orden until further notice;
    estamos a la orden para lo que necesite (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you;
    ¡a la orden! (Mil) yes, sir!;

    ( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all;
    orden de arresto or de busca y captura arrest warrant;
    orden de registro or (Chi, Méx) de cateo search warrant;

    2 (Fin) order;

    3 (Hist, Mil, Relig) order
    4 (AmL) ( pedido) order
    orden 2 sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) order;
    en or por orden alfabético in alphabetical order;

    vayamos por orden let's begin at the beginning;
    poner algo en orden ‹habitación/armario/juguetes to straight sth (up) (esp AmE), to tidy sth up (esp BrE);

    asuntos/papeles to sort sth up;
    fichas to put sth in order;

    orden del día agenda;
    orden público public order;
    alterar el orden público to cause a breach of the peace
    2
    a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature;


    b) ( cantidad):

    del orden de (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

    orden
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (colocación, disciplina) order: hace falta un poco de orden, we need a bit of order here
    orden del día, agenda
    2 Arquit & Biol order
    3 (tipo) nature: es un problema de orden moral, it's a moral issue
    II sustantivo femenino
    1 (mandato) order: no obedecimos sus órdenes, we failed to obey his orders
    Jur warrant, order
    orden de arresto, arrest warrant
    2 Rel Mil order
    la orden de los benedictinos, the Benedictine order
    ♦ Locuciones: Mil ¡a la orden/a sus órdenes!, yes, sir!
    estar a la orden del día, to be common
    llamar al orden, to call sb to order
    poner en orden, to put in order: tengo que poner en orden mis ideas, I have to organize my ideas
    del orden de, approximately: en el cine había del orden de mil personas, there were about one thousand people at the movies
    sin orden ni concierto, without rhyme or reason
    ' orden' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alteración
    - atenerse
    - auto
    - bastante
    - consigna
    - desorden
    - desordenar
    - desordenada
    - desordenado
    - después
    - disposición
    - ejecutar
    - excarcelar
    - incumplir
    - incumplimiento
    - inversa
    - inverso
    - invertir
    - librar
    - mandamiento
    - mandato
    - marear
    - mendicante
    - perturbar
    - primera
    - primero
    - recoger
    - replicar
    - respetar
    - restablecer
    - restablecimiento
    - revolucionar
    - transmitir
    - trastocar
    - acatar
    - allanamiento
    - alterar
    - alzar
    - anterior
    - antes
    - anular
    - ausencia
    - cumplir
    - disturbio
    - ejecución
    - fuerza
    - invertido
    - lanzamiento
    - llamada
    - luego
    English:
    after
    - agenda
    - alphabetically
    - antisocial
    - arrange
    - before
    - bottom
    - breach
    - collect
    - command
    - comply
    - court order
    - disorder
    - disturb
    - enforce
    - execute
    - execution
    - first
    - gather
    - in
    - item
    - keep
    - next
    - numerical
    - obey
    - order
    - order of the day
    - place
    - prioritize
    - reverse
    - right
    - sequence
    - shall
    - shipshape
    - should
    - sort out
    - standing order
    - straight
    - system
    - third
    - thousandth
    - tidiness
    - to
    - warrant
    - writ
    - alphabetical
    - bark
    - descend
    - disorderly
    - drunk
    * * *
    orden1 nm
    1. [secuencia, colocación correcta] order;
    un orden jerárquico a hierarchy;
    le gusta el orden y la limpieza she likes order and cleanliness;
    Mat
    el orden de los factores no altera el producto the order of the factors does not affect the product;
    en orden [bien colocado] tidy, in its place;
    [como debe ser] in order;
    poner en orden algo, poner orden en algo [cosas, habitación] to tidy sth up;
    tengo que poner mis ideas/mi vida en orden I have to put my ideas/life in order, I have to sort out my ideas/life;
    en o [m5]por orden alfabético/cronológico in alphabetical/chronological order;
    por orden in order;
    por orden de antigüedad/de tamaños in order of seniority/size;
    Cine & Teatro
    por orden de aparición in order of appearance;
    orden del día agenda
    2. [normalidad, disciplina] order;
    acatar el orden establecido to respect the established order;
    llamar al orden a alguien to call sb to order;
    el orden natural de las cosas the natural order of things;
    mantener/restablecer el orden to keep/restore order;
    ¡orden en la sala! order! order!
    el orden público law and order
    3. [tipo] order, type;
    dilemas de orden filosófico philosophical dilemmas;
    problemas de orden financiero economic problems;
    es una universidad de primer(ísimo) orden it's a first-rate university;
    del orden de around, approximately, of o in the order of;
    en otro orden de cosas on the other hand
    orden de magnitud order of magnitude
    4. Biol order
    5. Arquit order
    orden corintio Corinthian order;
    orden dórico Doric order;
    orden jónico Ionic order
    6. Rel el orden sacerdotal [sacramento] holy orders
    orden2 nf
    1. [mandato] order;
    ¡es una orden! that's an order!;
    Mil
    ¡a la orden!, ¡a sus órdenes! (yes) sir!;
    Am
    estoy a las/sus órdenes I am at your service;
    Am
    si no me queda bien, ¿la puedo cambiar? – cómo no, a sus o [m5] las órdenes if it's not right, can I change it? – of course you can, we're at your disposal;
    Am
    mi auto/casa está a la orden my car/house is at your disposal;
    cumplir órdenes to obey orders;
    dar órdenes (a alguien) to give (sb) orders;
    a mí nadie me da órdenes I don't take orders from anyone;
    hasta nueva orden until further notice;
    por orden de by order of;
    el local fue cerrado por orden del ayuntamiento the premises were closed by order of o on the orders of the town council;
    obedecer órdenes to obey orders;
    recibimos órdenes del jefe we received orders from the boss;
    sólo recibo órdenes de mis superiores I only take orders from my superiors;
    tener órdenes de hacer algo to have orders to do sth
    Der orden de arresto arrest warrant; Der orden de busca y captura warrant for search and arrest; Der orden de comparecencia summons;
    orden de desahucio eviction order;
    orden de desalojo eviction order;
    Der orden de detención arrest warrant; Der orden de detención europea European arrest warrant;
    la orden del día Mil the order of the day;
    Am [de reunión] the agenda;
    estar a la orden del día [muy habitual] to be the order of the day;
    orden de embargo order for seizure;
    Der orden judicial court order; CSur Der orden de lanzamiento eviction order; Der orden de registro search warrant
    2. Com order
    orden de compra purchase order; Bolsa buy order; Bolsa orden al mercado market order;
    orden de pago payment order;
    Bolsa orden de venta sell order
    3. [institución] order
    orden de caballería order of knighthood;
    orden mendicante mendicant order;
    orden militar military order;
    orden monástica monastic order
    4. Rel órdenes sagradas holy orders
    5. Am [pedido] order;
    ¿ya les tomaron la orden? have you ordered yet?;
    ¿tiene la orden del médico? have you got the form from your doctor?
    * * *
    1 m
    1 order;
    por orden alfabético in alphabetical order;
    por orden de altura in order of height;
    poner en orden tidy up, straighten up;
    sin orden ni concierto without rhyme or reason
    2 ( clase)
    :
    de todo orden of all kinds o types;
    de primer orden top-ranking, leading
    3
    :
    llamar al orden call to order
    4 ARQUI order
    2 f ( mandamiento) order;
    por orden de by order of, on the orders of;
    hasta nueva orden until further notice;
    ¡a la orden! yes, sir
    * * *
    orden nm, pl órdenes
    1) : order
    todo está en orden: everything's in order
    por orden cronológico: in chronological order
    2)
    orden del día : agenda (at a meeting)
    3)
    orden público : law and order
    orden nf, pl órdenes
    1) : order
    una orden religiosa: a religious order
    una orden de tacos: an order of tacos
    2)
    orden de compra : purchase order
    3)
    estar a la orden del día : to be the order of the day, to be prevalent
    * * *
    1. (en general) order
    2. (clase, tipo) nature
    ¡a la orden! yes, sir!
    orden público law and order / the peace

    Spanish-English dictionary > orden

  • 10 favor

    adv.
    please.
    m.
    favor (servicio).
    hacerle un favor a alguien to do somebody a favor
    hágame el favor de cerrar la puerta would you mind shutting the door, please?
    pedir un favor a alguien to ask somebody a favor
    por favor please
    * * *
    1 favour (US favor)
    \
    a favor de in favour (US favor) of
    a mi (tu, su, etc) favor in my (your, his, etc) favour (US favor)
    en favor de in favour (US favor) of
    hacer un favor to do a favour (US favor)
    haga (hagan, etc) el favor de + inf formal please + inf
    ¿me harías (harían, haríais, etc) el favor de + inf? could you + inf?
    por favor please
    tener a alguien a su favor to have somebody on one's side
    tener algo a su favor to have something in one's favour (US favor)
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=ayuda) favour, favor (EEUU)

    favor de venir puntualmente Méx please be punctual

    hacer un favor a algn — to do sb a favour

    ¿me puedes hacer un favor? — can you do me a favour?

    ¡está para hacerle un favor! — ** she's really something! *

    ¿me hace el favor de bajarme la maleta? — I wonder if you could get my suitcase down for me, please?, could you possibly get my suitcase down for me, please?

    ¡haced el favor de callaros! — will you please be quiet!

    si hace favor LAm if you don't mind

    pedir un favor a algn — to ask sb (for) a favour, ask a favour of sb más frm

    por favor — please

    ¿me dejan pasar, por favor? — could I get past, please?

    ¡por favor! ¡qué calor hace! — goodness me, it's hot today!

    2) [locuciones]
    a)

    a favor — in favour

    hay un 50% de gente a favor — 50% of people are in favour

    ¿estás a favor o en contra? — are you for or against it?

    b)

    a favor dein favour of

    ¿está a favor de poner fin al bloqueo del país? — are you in favour of ending the blockade of the country?

    ir a favor de la corrienteto go with the flow

    a favor de la nocheunder cover of darkness

    votar a favor de algo — to vote in favour of sth

    c)

    en favor de[abdicar, manifestarse] in favour of; [intervenir] on behalf of; [trabajar, luchar] for

    el director se manifestó en favor del cine europeothe director spoke in favour of o expressed his support for the European film industry

    3) (=apoyo) [del rey, dioses] favour, favor (EEUU), protection; [del público] support

    gracias al favor del rey — thanks to the king's protection, thanks to the favour he enjoyed with the king

    gozar del favor de algn — to have sb's support o backing, enjoy sb's favour frm

    el partido goza del favor del 49% de la población — the party has the support o backing of 49% of the population

    condición 1)
    4)

    entrada de favor — complimentary ticket

    5) pl favores [de mujer] favours, favors (EEUU)
    * * *
    1)
    a) (ayuda, servicio) favor*

    ¿me puedes hacer un favor? — can you do me a favor?

    ¿me harías el favor de copiarme esto? — would you copy this for me, please?

    hagan el favor de esperar — would you mind waiting, please?

    gracias, no sabes el favor que me haces — thanks ever so much, you're doing me a big favor

    si no te invitan, favor que te hacen — if they don't invite you, they'll be doing you a favor

    favor de hacer la cola — (Méx) please stand in line (AmE), please queue here (BrE)

    a favor — in favor*

    estar a favor de algo/alguien/+ inf — to be in favor* of something/somebody/-ing

    si es así, aún más a mi favor — that makes me all the more right

    cinco a dos, a favor de Nacional — five-two, with Nacional ahead (AmE), five-two to Nacional (BrE)

    ¿y tú le creíste? por favor, mujer! — and you believed him? honestly!

    2) ( apoyo)

    cuenta con el favor del jefe — he's/she's in favor with the boss

    3) favores (liter) ( sexuales) favor
    * * *
    = favour [favor, -USA].
    Ex. Any favours librarians receive from vendors will be minimal.
    ----
    * a favor = in favour.
    * a favor de = in favour of.
    * a favor de la decisión personal sobre el aborto = pro-choice.
    * a favor de la esclavitud = pro-slavery.
    * a favor de la raza negra = pro-black [problack].
    * a favor de la vida humano = pro-life.
    * a favor y en contra = pro and con.
    * a + Posesivo + favor = in + Posesivo + favour, to + Posesivo + credit.
    * argumentar a favor de = put + the case for, present + case for, make + a case for.
    * argumentos a favor o en contra = arguments for (and/or) against.
    * conceder un favor = bestow + favour.
    * decir a favor de = say in + favour of.
    * declarar a favor de = testify (to/of).
    * devolución de un favor = repayment of debt.
    * devolver un favor = return + a favour.
    * dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * estar a favor (de) = be in favour (of).
    * estar a favor de = be for.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * favor sexual = sexual favour.
    * ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hacer un favor = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * hacer un favor a Alguien = do + Nombre + a favour.
    * hay que decir a su favor que = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * perder el favor de = lose + popularity with.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * predispuesto a favor de = disposed for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor = make + a case for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor de = present + arguments in favour of.
    * presentar evidencia a favor de = present + case for.
    * probabilidades a favor de = odds in favour of.
    * pronunciarse a favor o en contra de Algo = take + sides.
    * punto a favor = asset.
    * romper una lanzar en favor de = stick up for.
    * tiempo + estar a favor de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * trato de favor = preferential treatment.
    * viento a favor = tailwind.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (ayuda, servicio) favor*

    ¿me puedes hacer un favor? — can you do me a favor?

    ¿me harías el favor de copiarme esto? — would you copy this for me, please?

    hagan el favor de esperar — would you mind waiting, please?

    gracias, no sabes el favor que me haces — thanks ever so much, you're doing me a big favor

    si no te invitan, favor que te hacen — if they don't invite you, they'll be doing you a favor

    favor de hacer la cola — (Méx) please stand in line (AmE), please queue here (BrE)

    a favor — in favor*

    estar a favor de algo/alguien/+ inf — to be in favor* of something/somebody/-ing

    si es así, aún más a mi favor — that makes me all the more right

    cinco a dos, a favor de Nacional — five-two, with Nacional ahead (AmE), five-two to Nacional (BrE)

    ¿y tú le creíste? por favor, mujer! — and you believed him? honestly!

    2) ( apoyo)

    cuenta con el favor del jefe — he's/she's in favor with the boss

    3) favores (liter) ( sexuales) favor
    * * *
    = favour [favor, -USA].

    Ex: Any favours librarians receive from vendors will be minimal.

    * a favor = in favour.
    * a favor de = in favour of.
    * a favor de la decisión personal sobre el aborto = pro-choice.
    * a favor de la esclavitud = pro-slavery.
    * a favor de la raza negra = pro-black [problack].
    * a favor de la vida humano = pro-life.
    * a favor y en contra = pro and con.
    * a + Posesivo + favor = in + Posesivo + favour, to + Posesivo + credit.
    * argumentar a favor de = put + the case for, present + case for, make + a case for.
    * argumentos a favor o en contra = arguments for (and/or) against.
    * conceder un favor = bestow + favour.
    * decir a favor de = say in + favour of.
    * declarar a favor de = testify (to/of).
    * devolución de un favor = repayment of debt.
    * devolver un favor = return + a favour.
    * dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * estar a favor (de) = be in favour (of).
    * estar a favor de = be for.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * favor sexual = sexual favour.
    * ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hacer un favor = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * hacer un favor a Alguien = do + Nombre + a favour.
    * hay que decir a su favor que = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * perder el favor de = lose + popularity with.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * predispuesto a favor de = disposed for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor = make + a case for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor de = present + arguments in favour of.
    * presentar evidencia a favor de = present + case for.
    * probabilidades a favor de = odds in favour of.
    * pronunciarse a favor o en contra de Algo = take + sides.
    * punto a favor = asset.
    * romper una lanzar en favor de = stick up for.
    * tiempo + estar a favor de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * trato de favor = preferential treatment.
    * viento a favor = tailwind.

    * * *
    A
    1 (ayuda, servicio) favor*
    ¿me puedes hacer un favor? can you do me a favor?
    vengo a pedirte un favor I've come to ask you (for) a favor o to ask a favor of you
    no me han hecho ningún favor con estos cambios these changes are a great help, I must say! ( iro)
    ¿me harías el favor de pasarme esto a máquina? would you type this for me, please?
    ¿puede hacer el favor de llamar más tarde? could you possibly phone later?
    hagan el favor de esperar would you mind waiting, please?
    ¡hágame el favor, hombre! ¿a eso le llaman arte? they call that art? get out of here! ( AmE) o ( BrE) do me a favour! ( colloq)
    si no te invitan, favor que te hacen if they don't invite you, so much the better o they'll be doing you a favor
    ¿quién es ése? se le puede hacer un favor ¿eh? ( fam hum); who's that guy? I wouldn't say no to him ( colloq)
    [ S ] favor de hacer la cola ( Méx); please stand in line ( AmE), please queue here ( BrE)
    2 ( en locs):
    a favor in favor*
    hubo dos votos en contra y seis a favor there were two votes against and six in favor
    llevamos el viento a favor we have the wind behind us
    a favor de in favor* of
    está a favor del divorcio she is in favor of divorce
    si es así, aún más a mi favor if that's the case, that makes me all the more right
    los que estén a favor de la propuesta, levanten la mano those in favor of the proposal, please show
    cinco a dos, a favor de Nacional (durante el partido) five-two, with Nacional ahead ( AmE), five-two to Nacional ( BrE) (resultado final) Nacional wins, five-two ( AmE), five-two to Nacional ( BrE)
    saldo a su/nuestro favor balance in your/our favor
    en favor de: abdicó en favor de su hijo he abdicated in favor of his son
    actuó en favor de los intereses de la empresa he acted in the interests of the company
    una colecta en favor de los damnificados a collection in aid of the victims, a collection for the victims
    por favor please
    la cuenta, por favor can I have the check ( AmE) o ( BrE) bill, please?
    ¡que no se te vaya a caer, por favor! don't drop it, please!, for heaven's sake don't drop it!
    ¿y tú le creíste? ¡por favor, mujer! and you believed him? honestly o really!
    B
    (apoyo, protección): la exposición gozó de los favores del público the exhibition was well supported by the public
    intenta ganarse el favor de la crítica he's trying to win the approval of the critics
    muchos buscaban sus favores ( liter); many men sought her favors ( liter)
    disfrutaba del favor del rey he enjoyed the king's favor
    C ( arc) (prenda) favor*
    * * *

     

    favor sustantivo masculino
    a) (ayuda, servicio) favor( conjugate favor);

    ¿me puedes hacer un favor? can you do me a favor?;

    vengo a pedirte un favor I've come to ask you (for) a favor;
    ¿me harías el favor de copiarme esto? would you copy this for me, please?;
    hagan el favor de esperar would you mind waiting, please?
    b) ( en locs)

    a favor in favor( conjugate favor);

    dos votos a favor two votes in favor;
    en favor de in favour of;
    estar a favor de algo/algn/hacer algo to be in favor( conjugate favor) of sth/sb/doing sth;
    por favor please
    favor sustantivo masculino
    1 favour, US favor: ¿me puedes hacer un favor?, could you do me a favour?
    2 favores (de una mujer) favours
    ♦ Locuciones: estar a favor de, to be in favour of
    por favor, please
    ' favor' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abogar
    - abonar
    - admitir
    - aguantar
    - alegar
    - alta
    - alto
    - apestosa
    - apestoso
    - aquí
    - asiento
    - baja
    - bajo
    - balanza
    - cara
    - cobrar
    - cobrarse
    - coger
    - correrse
    - decir
    - declararse
    - delante
    - desgracia
    - desobedecer
    - envolver
    - favorecer
    - fuego
    - guardar
    - hacer
    - instante
    - interceder
    - introducir
    - lanza
    - liquidación
    - luz
    - pagar
    - parar
    - partidaria
    - partidario
    - pedir
    - por
    - pronunciarse
    - resolverse
    - salir
    - silencio
    - soborno
    - su
    - voto
    - abdicar
    - atención
    English:
    against
    - argue
    - argument
    - ask
    - assessment
    - believe in
    - biased
    - bring
    - bring in
    - campaign
    - carefully
    - carve up
    - charity
    - come out
    - complete
    - con
    - disregard
    - disturb
    - divulge
    - do
    - electioneering
    - favor
    - favour
    - feature
    - fetch in
    - find
    - for
    - fragile
    - get
    - hand out
    - hand up
    - kindly
    - longhand
    - lower
    - make out
    - mind
    - oblige
    - odds
    - path
    - please
    - plus
    - put back
    - put through
    - really
    - receipt
    - redeeming
    - repay
    - report
    - return
    - ring up
    * * *
    favor nm
    1. [servicio] favour;
    pedir un favor a alguien to ask sb a favour;
    hacerle un favor a alguien [ayudar a] to do sb a favour;
    hágame el favor de cerrar la puerta would you mind shutting the door, please?;
    Am
    favor de pasar por la puerta B please proceed through gate B;
    ¡haz el favor de no golpear la puerta! would you kindly stop slamming that door?;
    ¿abro la ventana? – si haces el favor… shall I open the window? – please, if you don't mind…;
    con esa actitud hace un flaco favor a la democracia he's not doing anything for democracy with an attitude like that;
    Fam
    tu amiga está como para hacerle un favor, a tu amiga le hacía yo un favor I wouldn't mind doing your friend a favour
    2. Anticuado o Hum
    favores [de una mujer] favours;
    la dama le concedió sus favores the lady graced him with her favours
    3. [apoyo]
    tener a o [m5] en su favor a alguien to enjoy sb's support;
    tenía a todo el pueblo a su favor he had the people on his side;
    los políticos tienen el favor de sus votantes the politicians enjoy the support of the voters;
    goza del favor del público he has public support
    4.
    de favor [gratuito] complimentary, free
    5. [en frases]
    un viento/una corriente a favor a favourable wind/current;
    ¿tú estás a favor o en contra de la nueva ley? are you for or against the new law?;
    tienen diez goles a favor y once en contra they've scored ten goals and conceded eleven;
    89-99 a favor de los Nets 99-89 to the Nets;
    el juez falló a su favor the judge found in his favour;
    a favor de in favour of;
    estar a favor de to be in favour of;
    extendió un cheque a favor de Henar y Cía. she made out a cheque to Henar & Co;
    en favor de to the benefit of;
    si ahora no contesta, más a mi favor if he doesn't reply now, that proves I'm right all the more;
    por favor [al pedir algo] please;
    [expresa indignación, sorpresa] for heaven's sake!;
    las cosas se piden por favor you say “please” when you ask for something;
    nos pidió por favor que la acompañáramos she asked if we could please go with her
    * * *
    m
    1 favor, Br
    favour;
    hacer un favor do a favor;
    ¿me harías el favor de echarme esta carta? could you do me a favor and mail this letter?, could you (please) mail this letter for me?;
    haz el favor de callarte would you please be quiet!;
    pedir un favor a alguien ask s.o. for a favor
    :
    a favor de in favor o Br favour of;
    por favor please
    * * *
    favor nm
    1) : favor
    2)
    a favor de : in favor of
    3)
    por favor : please
    * * *
    favor n favour
    ¡haz el favor de hacer algo! will you please do something!
    ¡haz el favor de sentarte! will you please sit down!

    Spanish-English dictionary > favor

  • 11 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    tener algo [de] + adj

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio to have;

    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he isso what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer to have;

    tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 12 cover

    1.
    ['kʌvə(r)]noun
    1) (piece of cloth) Decke, die; (of cushion, bed) Bezug, der; (lid) Deckel, der; (of hole, engine, typewriter, etc.) Abdeckung, die

    put a cover on or over — zudecken; abdecken [Loch, Fußboden, Grab, Fahrzeug, Maschine]; beziehen [Kissen, Bett]

    2) (of book) Einband, der; (of magazine) Umschlag, der; (of record) [Platten]hülle, die

    on the [front/back] cover — auf dem [vorderen/hinteren] Buchdeckel; (of magazine) auf der Titelseite/hinteren Umschlagseite

    3) (Post): (envelope) [Brief]umschlag, der

    under plain coverin neutralem Umschlag

    [send something] under separate cover — [etwas] mit getrennter Post [schicken]

    4) in pl. (bedclothes) Bettzeug, das
    5) (hiding place, shelter) Schutz, der

    take cover [from something] — Schutz [vor etwas (Dat.)] suchen

    [be/go] under cover — (from bullets etc.) in Deckung [sein/gehen]

    under cover(from rain) überdacht [Sitzplatz]; regengeschützt

    under cover of darknessim Schutz der Dunkelheit

    6) (Mil.): (supporting force) Deckung, die
    7) (protection) Deckung, die

    give somebody/something cover — jemandem Deckung geben

    8) (pretence) Vorwand, der; (false identity, screen) Tarnung, die

    [insurance] cover — Versicherung, die

    10) (of song etc.)

    cover [version] — Coverversion, die

    2. transitive verb

    the roses are covered with greenflydie Rosen sind voller Blattläuse

    somebody is covered in or with confusion/shame — (fig.) jmd. ist ganz verlegen/sehr beschämt

    2) (conceal, lit. or fig.) verbergen; (for protection) abdecken
    3) (travel) zurücklegen
    4) in p.p. (having roof) überdacht
    5) (deal with) behandeln; (include) abdecken
    6) (Journ.) berichten über (+ Akk.)
    7)

    £10 will cover my needs for the journey — 10 Pfund werden für die Reisekosten reichen

    8) (shield) decken
    9)

    cover oneself(fig.) sich absichern; (Insurance)

    10) (aim gun at) in Schach halten (ugs.)
    11) (record new version of) covern
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/85790/cover_for">cover for
    * * *
    1. verb
    1) (to put or spread something on, over or in front of: They covered (up) the body with a sheet; My shoes are covered in paint.) bedecken
    2) (to be enough to pay for: Will 10 dollars cover your expenses?) decken
    3) (to travel: We covered forty miles in one day.) zurücklegen
    4) (to stretch over a length of time etc: His diary covered three years.) sich erstrecken über
    5) (to protect: Are we covered by your car insurance?) decken
    6) (to report on: I'm covering the race for the local newspaper.) berichten über
    7) (to point a gun at: I had him covered.) in Schach halten
    2. noun
    1) (something which covers, especially a cloth over a table, bed etc: a table-cover; a bed-cover; They replaced the cover on the manhole.) die Decke
    2) (something that gives protection or shelter: The soldiers took cover from the enemy gunfire; insurance cover.) die Deckung
    3) (something that hides: He escaped under cover of darkness.) der Schutz
    - coverage
    - covering
    - cover-girl
    - cover story
    - cover-up
    * * *
    cov·er
    [ˈkʌvəʳ, AM -ɚ]
    I. n
    1. (spread) Abdeckung f; (flexible plastic case) Plane f; (for smaller objects) Hülle f; (cloth case) Kleiderhülle f; (protective top) Deckel m; (for bed) [Bett]decke f, Duvet nt SCHWEIZ; (for armchair, sofa) [Schon]bezug m
    cushion \cover Kissenbezug m, Polsterüberzug m ÖSTERR
    manhole \cover Schachtdeckel m
    quilt [or duvet] \cover Bettdeckenbezug m, Duvetbezug m SCHWEIZ
    the \covers pl das Bettzeug
    Ann burrowed down beneath the \covers Ann zog sich die Decke über den Kopf
    he threw back the \covers er warf die Bettdecke zurück
    3. (of a book) Einband m; of a magazine Titelseite f, Cover nt
    hard \cover gebundenes Buch, Hardcover nt
    soft \cover Taschenbuch nt
    to read a book from \cover to \cover ein Buch vom Anfang bis zum Ende lesen [o in einem durchlesen
    4. (envelope) Briefumschlag m, Couvert nt SCHWEIZ, Kuvert nt ÖSTERR
    under plain \cover in neutralem Umschlag
    under separate \cover mit getrennter Post
    5. no pl (shelter) Schutz m
    not many of the seats are under \cover nicht viele Sitze sind überdacht; (concealed)
    he ordered his men to stay under \cover er befahl seinen Männern, in ihren Verstecken zu bleiben
    under \cover of darkness im Schutz der Dunkelheit
    to take \cover somewhere sich akk irgendwo unterstellen
    I took \cover behind a wall/in a ditch/under the table ich versteckte mich hinter einer Wand/in einem Graben/unter dem Tisch
    6. no pl (for animals to hide) Dickicht nt, Unterholz nt
    to break \cover aus dem [schützenden] Unterholz hervorbrechen
    7. (concealing true identity) Tarnung f
    under \cover as getarnt als
    to blow sb's \cover jdn enttarnen [o auffliegen lassen
    8. no pl MIL Deckung f; (from bombs, gun attacks) Feuerschutz m
    9. no pl esp BRIT (insurance) Versicherungsschutz m, Deckung f
    do you have \cover against theft? sind Sie gegen Diebstahl versichert?
    to ask for additional \cover zusätzliche Deckung verlangen
    full \cover voller Versicherungsschutz
    third-party \cover Haftpflichtversicherung f
    comprehensive \cover Vollkaskoversicherung f
    to have \cover versichert sein, Versicherungsschutz haben
    to operate without adequate \cover keinen ausreichenden Versicherungsschutz haben
    10. ECON, FIN (security) Abdeckung f, Absicherung f
    do you have sufficient \cover for this loan? haben Sie ausreichende Sicherheiten für diesen Kredit?
    11. no pl (substitute) Vertretung f
    to provide \cover for sb jdn vertreten
    to provide emergency \cover einen Notdienst aufrechterhalten, eine Notfallversorgung gewährleisten
    12. MUS (recording) Coverversion f
    13.
    never judge a book by its \cover man sollte niemals nur nach dem Äußeren urteilen
    II. vt
    to \cover sth/sb etw/jdn bedecken; (against dust also) etw überziehen
    snow \covered the hills Schnee bedeckte die Hügel
    to be \covered [in [or with]] sth [mit etw dat] bedeckt sein
    my hands are \covered in ink/mud/paint meine Hände sind voller Tinte/Schlamm/Farbe
    how much of the Earth's surface is \covered by water? wie viel Prozent der Erdoberfläche liegt unter Wasser?
    \covered with blood voll Blut, blutig
    2. (to protect)
    to \cover sth/sb [with sth] etw/jdn [mit etw dat] abdecken
    they \covered him with a blanket sie deckten ihn mit einer Decke zu
    to \cover one's eyes/face with one's hands die Augen/das Gesicht mit den Händen bedecken
    3. (in order to hide)
    to \cover sth etw verdecken; ( fig) one's confusion etw überspielen
    4. (extend over)
    to \cover sth sich akk über etw akk erstrecken
    London \covers 1579 square kilometres [of land] London erstreckt sich über 1579 Quadratkilometer; ( fig)
    the new office will \cover the whole of Scotland das neue Büro ist für ganz Schottland zuständig
    to \cover a lot of ground eine große Strecke zurücklegen; (make progress) gut vorankommen; (be wide-ranging) sehr umfassend sein
    during the meeting we \covered a lot of ground wir sind bei der Sitzung gut vorangekommen
    to \cover 20 kilometres in two hours 20 km in zwei Stunden fahren
    6. (deal with)
    to \cover sth sich akk mit etw dat befassen, etw behandeln
    this leaflet \covers what we've just discussed in more detail in der Broschüre finden Sie Informationen zu dem, was wir gerade ausführlich besprochen haben
    do these parking restrictions \cover residents as well as visitors? gelten die Parkbeschränkungen sowohl für Anlieger als auch für Besucher?
    the new regulations \cover precisely where and when protest marches can take place in den neuen Regelungen ist genau festgehalten, wo und wann Protestmärsche stattfinden dürfen
    7. (be enough for)
    to \cover sth etw [ab]decken
    to \cover the costs die Kosten decken
    here's £20, will that \cover it? hier sind 20 Pfund, wird das reichen?
    to \cover sth über etw akk berichten
    the journalist was in Vietnam, \covering the war er war Kriegsberichterstatter in Vietnam
    9. (insure)
    to \cover sb/sth [against [or for] sth] jdn/etw [gegen etw akk] versichern
    are we \covered for accidental damage? sind wir gegen Unfallschäden versichert?
    the damage was \covered by the insurance der Schaden wurde von der Versicherung bezahlt
    to be fully \covered vollen Versicherungsschutz haben
    10. (earn enough to pay) etw [ab]decken [o sichern]
    the dividend is \covered four times das Verhältnis Gewinn-Dividende ist 4:1
    to \cover oneself [against sth] sich akk [gegen etw akk] absichern
    she tried to \cover herself by saying that... sie versuchte sich damit herauszureden, dass...
    12. MIL
    to \cover sb/sth jdn/etw decken; (give covering fire) jdm/etw Feuerschutz geben
    \cover me! gib mir Deckung!
    to \cover sb's retreat jds Rückzug decken
    13. (aim weapon at)
    to \cover sb seine Waffe auf jdn/etw richten
    hands up! I've got you \covered! Hände hoch! meine Waffe ist auf Sie gerichtet!
    14. (watch)
    to \cover sth etw bewachen
    15. (do sb's job)
    to \cover sth [for sb] etw [für jdn] übernehmen
    could you \cover my shift for me tomorrow? könnten Sie morgen meine Schicht übernehmen?
    16. (adopt song)
    to \cover a song einen Song covern fachspr, von einem Lied eine Coverversion aufnehmen
    17. ZOOL
    to \cover an animal ein Tier decken
    18.
    to \cover one's back sich absichern fig
    to \cover oneself with glory sich akk mit Ruhm bedecken
    to \cover a multitude of sins viel Unschönes verbergen
    to \cover one's tracks seine Spuren verwischen
    III. vi
    to \cover well/badly paint gut/schlecht decken
    * * *
    ['kʌvə(r)]
    1. n
    1) (= lid) Deckel m; (of lens) (Schutz)kappe f; (= loose cover on chair) Bezug m; (= cloth for typewriter, umbrella etc) Hülle f; (on lorries, tennis court) Plane f; (= sheet over merchandise, shop counter) Decke f, Tuch nt; (= blanket, quilt) (Bett)decke f

    he put a cover over her/it — er deckte sie/es zu

    2) (of book) Einband m; (of magazine) Umschlag m; (= dust cover) (Schutz)umschlag m

    to read a book from cover to cover — ein Buch von Anfang bis Ende or von der ersten bis zur letzten Seite lesen

    on the cover — auf dem Einband/Umschlag; (of magazine) auf der Titelseite, auf dem Titel(blatt)

    3) (COMM: envelope) Umschlag m
    4) no pl (= shelter, protection) Schutz m (from vor +dat, gegen); (MIL) Deckung f (from vor +dat, gegen)

    to take cover (from rain) — sich unterstellen, Schutz suchen (from vor +dat ); (Mil) in Deckung gehen (from vor +dat )

    these plants/the car should be kept under cover — diese Pflanzen sollten/das Auto sollte abgedeckt sein or (under roof)

    5) (HUNT) Deckung f

    to break coveraus der Deckung hervorbrechen

    6) (Brit: place at meal) Gedeck nt

    she laid covers for six — sie deckte für sechs Personen, sie legte sechs Gedecke auf

    7) (Brit) (COMM, FIN) Deckung f; (= insurance cover) Versicherung f
    8) (= assumed identity) Tarnung f; (= front organization also) Deckung f
    9) (MUS) Coverversion f
    2. vt
    1) (= put cover on) bedecken; (= cover over) zudecken; (with loose cover) chair etc beziehen

    a covered wagon/way — ein Planwagen m

    you're all covered with dog hairsdu bist voller Hundehaare

    2) (= hide) surprise verbergen; mistake, tracks also verdecken
    3) (= protect) decken

    he only said that to cover himselfer hat das nur gesagt, um sich abzudecken or zu decken

    4) (= point a gun at etc) door etc sichern; sb decken; (= be on guard near) sichern

    I've got you covered! (with gun etc) — ich hab auf dich angelegt; ( fig, Chess etc ) ich hab dich

    5) (FIN) loan decken; expenses, costs also abdecken; (INSUR) versichern

    will £30 cover the drinks? — reichen £ 30 für die Getränke?

    he gave me £30 to cover the drinks — er gab mir £ 30 für Getränke

    6) (= take in, include) behandeln; (law also) erfassen; (= allow for, anticipate) possibilities, eventualities vorsehen
    7) (PRESS: report on) berichten über (+acc)
    8) (= travel) miles, distance zurücklegen
    9) (salesman etc) territory zuständig sein für
    10) (MUS) song neu interpretieren
    11) (animals = copulate with) decken
    12) (= play a higher card than) überbieten
    * * *
    cover [ˈkʌvə(r)]
    A s
    1. Decke f
    2. weitS. (Pflanzen-, Schnee-, Wolken- etc) Decke f
    3. Deckel m:
    under cover GASTR zugedeckt
    4. a) (Buch) Decke(l) f(m), Einband m:
    from cover to cover von der ersten bis zur letzten Seite
    b) Umschlag- oder Titelseite f
    c) (Schutz)Umschlag m
    5. Umhüllung f, Hülle f, Futteral n, Kappe f
    6. Überzug m, Bezug m
    7. a) TECH Schutzhaube f oder -platte f
    b) Abdeckhaube f (eines Plattenspielers etc)
    c) Schutzmantel m (von elektrischen Röhren)
    d) AUTO (Reifen) Decke f, Mantel m
    8. Briefumschlag m, Kuvert n:
    under same cover mit gleichem Schreiben, beiliegend;
    under separate cover mit getrennter Post;
    under plain cover in neutralem Umschlag
    9. under cover of unter der (Deck)Adresse von ( A 16)
    10. Faltbrief m
    11. Philatelie: Ganzsache f
    12. Schutz m, Obdach n, Dach n:
    get under cover sich unterstellen
    13. Schutz m ( from gegen, vor dat):
    under cover of night im Schutze der Nacht
    14. MIL
    a) auch allg Deckung f ( from vor dat):
    take cover in Deckung gehen, Deckung nehmen;
    take cover! (in) Deckung!
    b) Sicherung f, Abschirmung f
    15. JAGD
    a) Lager n (von Wild)
    b) (schützendes) Dickicht:
    break cover ins Freie treten
    16. fig Tarnung f, Deckmantel m, Vorwand m:
    under cover of unter dem Deckmantel (gen), getarnt als ( A 9);
    blow one’s cover auffliegen umg (Agent etc)
    17. Gedeck n (bei Tisch)
    18. WIRTSCH Deckung f, Sicherheit f:
    cover funds Deckungsmittel;
    cover ratio Deckungsverhältnis n (einer Währung)
    19. Versicherungsrecht: Abdeckung f, Versicherungsschutz m ( against gegen)
    B v/t
    1. ab-, be-, zudecken ( alle:
    with mit):
    covered with voll von;
    covered with dust staubbedeckt;
    covered in sweat schweißbedeckt, -gebadet;
    remain covered den Hut aufbehalten;
    cover o.s. with glory fig sich mit Ruhm bedecken oder bekleckern;
    cover a roof ein Dach decken; glory A 1
    2. eine Fläche bedecken, einnehmen, sich über eine Fläche, auch eine Zeitspanne erstrecken
    3. Papier, Seiten vollschreiben
    4. überziehen, umwickeln, umhüllen, umspinnen:
    covered buttons überzogene Knöpfe
    5. einhüllen, -wickeln, -schlagen ( alle:
    in, with in akk)
    6. a) verdecken, -bergen (auch fig)
    b) oft cover up fig verhüllen, -hehlen, bemänteln:
    cover (up) one’s mistakes;
    cover up a scandal einen Skandal vertuschen
    7. auch fig (o.s. sich) decken, schützen ( beide:
    from, against vor dat, gegen):
    cover o.s. fig sich absichern
    8. MIL
    a) den Rückzug etc decken, schützen, abschirmen, sichern
    b) auch allg jemanden decken, jemandem Deckung geben
    c) ein Gebiet beherrschen, im Schussfeld haben
    d) ein Gelände bestreichen, (mit Feuer) belegen
    9. zielen auf (akk), in Schach halten:
    10. WIRTSCH Kosten decken, bestreiten:
    cover a loss einen Verlust decken;
    cover debts Schulden (ab)decken
    11. WIRTSCH versichern, abdecken ( beide:
    against gegen):
    be covered Versicherungsschutz haben oder genießen
    12. decken, genügen oder ausreichen für:
    13. umfassen, umschließen, einschließen, beinhalten, enthalten, behandeln:
    14. (statistisch, mit Radar, Werbung etc) erfassen
    15. ein Thema erschöpfend behandeln
    16. Presse, RADIO, TV berichten über (akk):
    17. eine Strecke zurücklegen:
    cover the ground fig alles (gründlich) durchnehmen oder bearbeiten oder behandeln;
    a) eine große Strecke zurücklegen,
    b) fig viel umfassen, weit gehen oder reichen
    18. einen Bezirk bereisen, bearbeiten:
    19. ein Gebiet versorgen, operieren in (dat):
    20. SPORT einen Gegenspieler decken
    21. jemanden beschatten, beobachten
    22. ZOOL ein Weibchen decken, bespringen, eine Stute beschälen
    23. BIBEL eine Sünde vergeben, auslöschen
    C v/i
    1. TECH decken:
    2. SPORT decken
    3. cover for einspringen für, vertreten
    * * *
    1.
    ['kʌvə(r)]noun
    1) (piece of cloth) Decke, die; (of cushion, bed) Bezug, der; (lid) Deckel, der; (of hole, engine, typewriter, etc.) Abdeckung, die

    put a cover on or over — zudecken; abdecken [Loch, Fußboden, Grab, Fahrzeug, Maschine]; beziehen [Kissen, Bett]

    2) (of book) Einband, der; (of magazine) Umschlag, der; (of record) [Platten]hülle, die

    on the [front/back] cover — auf dem [vorderen/hinteren] Buchdeckel; (of magazine) auf der Titelseite/hinteren Umschlagseite

    3) (Post): (envelope) [Brief]umschlag, der

    [send something] under separate cover — [etwas] mit getrennter Post [schicken]

    4) in pl. (bedclothes) Bettzeug, das
    5) (hiding place, shelter) Schutz, der

    take cover [from something] — Schutz [vor etwas (Dat.)] suchen

    [be/go] under cover — (from bullets etc.) in Deckung [sein/gehen]

    under cover (from rain) überdacht [Sitzplatz]; regengeschützt

    6) (Mil.): (supporting force) Deckung, die
    7) (protection) Deckung, die

    give somebody/something cover — jemandem Deckung geben

    8) (pretence) Vorwand, der; (false identity, screen) Tarnung, die

    [insurance] cover — Versicherung, die

    10) (of song etc.)

    cover [version] — Coverversion, die

    2. transitive verb

    somebody is covered in or with confusion/shame — (fig.) jmd. ist ganz verlegen/sehr beschämt

    2) (conceal, lit. or fig.) verbergen; (for protection) abdecken
    3) (travel) zurücklegen
    4) in p.p. (having roof) überdacht
    5) (deal with) behandeln; (include) abdecken
    6) (Journ.) berichten über (+ Akk.)
    7)

    £10 will cover my needs for the journey — 10 Pfund werden für die Reisekosten reichen

    8) (shield) decken
    9)

    cover oneself(fig.) sich absichern; (Insurance)

    10) (aim gun at) in Schach halten (ugs.)
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Abdeckung f.
    Decke -n f.
    Deckel - m.
    Hülle -- f.
    Schutz m.
    Titel -- m.
    Umschlag -¨e m.
    Zeitungsmantel m.
    Überzug -¨e m. v.
    bedecken v.
    bespannen (mit Stoff...) v.
    decken v.
    umfassen v.
    überziehen v.

    English-german dictionary > cover

  • 13 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 14 acoger

    v.
    1 to welcome (recibir) (person).
    El hotel acogió a sus huéspedes The hotel welcomed its guests.
    2 to take in (dar refugio a).
    Suecia acogió a los refugiados políticos Sweden took in the political refugees
    que Dios lo/la acoja en su seno God rest his/her soul
    3 to accept, to buy into, to admit.
    Mario acogió nuestra ayuda Mario accepted our help.
    4 to shelter, to protect, to take in.
    El viejo acogió al chico anoche The old man sheltered the boy last night.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ PROTEGER], like link=proteger proteger
    1 (recibir) to receive; (a invitado) to welcome
    2 (admitir) to admit, accept
    3 (proteger) to shelter, protect
    4 (ideas etc) to accept, take to
    1 (refugiarse) to take refuge (a, in)
    2 (a una ley etc) to have recourse to; (amnistía, promesa) to avail oneself of
    * * *
    verb
    1) to take in, receive, welcome
    2) host
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=albergar) [+ huésped, refugiado] to take in; [+ visitante] to receive; [+ fugitivo] to harbour, harbor (EEUU), shelter

    niños acogidos en centros públicoschildren housed o accommodated in public centres

    2) (=recibir) [+ noticia, idea, propuesta] to receive

    acogieron la noticia con sorpresa — they were surprised at the news, they received the news with surprise

    3) (=ser sede de) [ciudad] to host; [edificio, auditorio] to be the venue for
    4) (=contener)
    a) [+ espectadores] to seat, hold
    b) [+ obras]

    los pasillos del nuevo centro acogerán una exposición fotográfica — the corridors of the new centre will accommodate a photographic exhibition

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <huérfano/anciano> to take in; < refugiado> to accept, admit
    2) (+ compl) <propuesta/persona> to receive
    2.
    acogerse v pron

    acogerse a algo a la ley to have recourse to something; a un régimen to opt for something

    * * *
    = greet, welcome.
    Ex. New editions of DC are invariably greeted with cries of horror by libraries faced with this problem.
    Ex. The decision to revert to standard spelling must have been widely welcomed in countries where DC is used but English is not the native language.
    ----
    * acoger bajo la representación de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.
    * acoger bajo la tutela de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.
    * acoger bien = welcome.
    * acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <huérfano/anciano> to take in; < refugiado> to accept, admit
    2) (+ compl) <propuesta/persona> to receive
    2.
    acogerse v pron

    acogerse a algo a la ley to have recourse to something; a un régimen to opt for something

    * * *
    = greet, welcome.

    Ex: New editions of DC are invariably greeted with cries of horror by libraries faced with this problem.

    Ex: The decision to revert to standard spelling must have been widely welcomed in countries where DC is used but English is not the native language.
    * acoger bajo la representación de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.
    * acoger bajo la tutela de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.
    * acoger bien = welcome.
    * acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.

    * * *
    acoger [E6 ]
    vt
    A (dar refugio a, albergar) ‹huérfano/anciano› to take in
    nos acogió en su casa he took us in
    Italia acogió a 5.000 refugiados Italy gave refuge to o accepted o admitted 5,000 refugees
    estos hoteles acogen a miles de turistas these hotels cater for o provide accommodation for thousands of tourists
    que el Señor lo acoja en su seno may the Lord receive his Spirit
    B (+ compl) ‹propuesta/idea› to receive; ‹persona› to receive
    la noticia fue acogida con gran satisfacción the news was very well received
    fue acogido con grandes ovaciones it was received with great applause
    me acogieron con cortesía they received me politely
    acogerse A algo:
    se acogieron a la ley they had recourse to the law
    me acogí a su protección I turned to them for protection, I availed myself of their protection
    se acogió al régimen de jornada reducida he opted for the shorter working day, he took advantage of o accepted the option of working a shorter day
    se acogieron a la amnistía they accepted the offer of an amnesty
    * * *

     

    acoger ( conjugate acoger) verbo transitivo
    a)huérfano/anciano to take in;

    refugiado to accept, admit
    b)propuesta/persona to receive;


    acogerse verbo pronominal acogerse a algo ‹ a la ley› to have recourse to sth;
    a un régimen› to opt for sth
    acoger verbo transitivo
    1 (recibir un proyecto, a una persona) to receive: la idea fue acogida con escepticismo, the idea was received with scepticism
    2 (admitir a alguien o algo con alegría) to welcome: nos acogieron con mucho cariño, they welcomed us warmly
    3 (proteger) to take in: acogieron a una familia de refugiados en su casa, they have taken in a family of refugees
    ' acoger' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    recibir
    - asilar
    English:
    foster
    - greet
    - receive
    - shelter
    - take in
    - welcome
    * * *
    vt
    1. [recibir] [persona] to welcome;
    nos acogieron en su propia casa they welcomed us into their own home
    2. [recibir] [idea, noticia] to receive;
    el plan fue acogido con mucho entusiasmo the plan was very enthusiastically received;
    los trabajadores acogieron con escepticismo el anuncio de la empresa the workforce reacted sceptically to the company's announcement
    3. [dar refugio a] to take in;
    Suecia acogió a los refugiados políticos Sweden took in the political refugees;
    que Dios la acoja en su seno God rest her soul
    4. [adoptar temporalmente] [niño] to foster
    * * *
    v/t
    1 receive;
    2 en casa take in, put up
    * * *
    acoger {15} vt
    1) refugiar: to take in, to shelter
    2) : to receive, to welcome
    * * *
    acoger vb
    1. (dar refugio a) to take in [pt. took; pp. taken]
    2. (recibir) to welcome

    Spanish-English dictionary > acoger

  • 15 placer

    placer [plase]
    ➭ TABLE 3
    1. transitive verb
       a. ( = assigner une place à) [+ objet, personne] to put ; [+ invité, spectateur] to seat
       b. ( = situer) to place, to put
    placer ses espérances en qn/qch to pin one's hopes on sb/sth
       c. ( = introduire) [+ remarque, plaisanterie] to get in
       d. [+ ouvrier, malade, écolier] to place
       e. ( = vendre) [+ marchandise] to sell
       f. [+ argent] (à la Bourse) to invest ; (à la caisse d'épargne) to deposit
    2. reflexive verb
       a. [personne] to take up a position ; (debout) to stand ; (assis) to sit
    se placer de face/contre le mur to stand facing/against the wall
       b. [cheval] to be placed
    se placer 2e to be 2nd
    * * *
    plase
    1.
    1) ( mettre à un endroit) to put, to place [objet]; to seat [personne]
    2) ( mettre dans une situation) to put, to place

    placer quelqu'un/être placé devant un choix difficile — to present somebody/to be faced with a difficult choice

    3) ( procurer un emploi) to place, to find a job for
    4) Finance ( investir) to invest; ( mettre en dépôt) to deposit, to put
    5) ( attribuer)
    6) ( introduire) to slip in [remarque, anecdote]

    je n'arrive pas à en placer une (colloq) avec elle! — I can't get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US with her!

    7) ( prendre en charge) to place [somebody] in care [enfant]
    8) ( vendre) to place, to sell [marchandise]

    2.
    se placer verbe pronominal

    se placer près de — ( debout) to stand next to; ( assis) to sit next to

    se placer autour d'une maison[policiers] to position oneself around a house

    il s'est placé comme apprenti — he found himself an apprenticeship [BrE]

    il s'est placé dans les premiers — ( en classe) he got one of the top places; ( dans une course) he finished among the first

    * * *
    plase vt
    1) (= disposer, positionner, mettre) to place
    2) [convive, spectateur] to seat
    3) [capital, argent] to invest

    Il a placé ses économies en Bourse. — He invested his money on the Stock Exchange.

    4)

    placer qn chez — to get sb a job at, to get sb a job with

    * * *
    placer verb table: placer
    A vtr
    1 ( mettre à un endroit) to put, to place [objet]; to seat [personne] (à côté de beside); placer ses doigts sur le clavier to place one's fingers on the keyboard; le metteur en scène a placé cette scène au début du film the director put this scene at the beginning of the film; placer des gardes to post guards; placer des hommes autour d'une maison to position men around a house; place l'antenne dans cette direction position the aerial in this direction; placer sa balle ( au tennis) to place one's ball;
    2 ( mettre dans une situation) to put, to place; le directeur m'a placé à la tête du service informatique the manager put me in charge of the data-processing department; placer qn dans l'obligation de faire to place sb under an obligation to do; placer qn sous la protection de to place sb under the protection of; placer un service sous la responsabilité de qn to make a department responsible for sb; placer qn/être placé devant un choix difficile to present sb/to be faced with a difficult choice;
    3 ( procurer un emploi) to place, to find a job for; l'école place ses élèves the school places ou finds employment for its students; placer qn comme domestique chez qn to place sb as a servant in sb's household; placer qn auprès de qn comme garde du corps to place sb with sb as a bodyguard;
    4 Fin ( investir) to invest; ( mettre en dépôt) to deposit, to put; placer une partie de ses revenus à la caisse d'épargne to deposit ou put part of one's income in a savings bank;
    5 ( attribuer) to place ou to put [confiance] (en in); to pin [espoirs] (dans, en on);
    6 ( introduire) to slip in [remarque, anecdote]; je n'arrive pas à en placer une avec elle! I can't get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US with her!; elle ne me laisse pas en placer une! she won't let me get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US!; il s'arrange toujours pour placer cette plaisanterie dans la conversation he always manages to get ou work that joke into the conversation;
    7 Prot Soc to place [sb] in care [enfant];
    8 ( vendre) to place, to sell [produit, marchandise].
    B se placer vpr
    1 ( à un endroit) se placer près de ( debout) to stand next to; ( assis) to sit next to; placez-vous au milieu gén get in the middle; ( debout) stand in the middle; ( assis) sit in the middle; se placer autour d'une maison [policiers] to position oneself around a house; où se placent les verres? where do the glasses go?; sais-tu comment se placent les piles? do you know which way round GB ou around US the batteries go?;
    2 ( dans une situation) se placer sous la protection de qn to place oneself under sb's protection; se placer sous une perspective nouvelle to look at things from a new perspective; ça dépend de quel point de vue on se place it depends on your point of view; il s'est placé comme apprenti he found ou got himself an apprenticeshipGB; notre démarche/intervention se place dans le cadre de l'aide au tiers-monde our action/intervention comes within the context of Third World aid;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) se placer premier [coureur, cheval] to come first; il s'est placé dans les premiers ( en classe) he got one of the top places; ( dans une course) he finished among the first.
    [plase] verbe transitif
    1. [mettre dans une position précise] to place
    2. [faire asseoir] to seat
    3. [établir - dans une position, un état] to put, to place
    placer quelqu'un devant ses responsabilités to force somebody to face up to his/her responsibilities
    4. [établir - dans une institution] to place
    5. [classer] to put, to place
    moi, je le placerais parmi les grands écrivains I would rate ou rank him among the great writers
    6. [situer dans le temps]
    7. [situer dans l'espace] to locate
    8. [mettre] to put
    orchestre placé sous la direction de... orchestra conducted by...
    9. [dans la conversation]
    10. [vendre] to sell
    ————————
    se placer verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [dans l'espace]
    [dans un jugement, une analyse] to look at ou to consider things
    2. [occuper un rang] to rank, to finish
    se placer premier/troisième to finish first/third
    3. [trouver un emploi]
    4. (familier) [se présenter avantageusement]
    se placer auprès du patron to butter up ou to sweet-talk the boss

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > placer

  • 16 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 17 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 18 premium

    1. сущ.
    сокр. prem
    1) общ. награда, вознаграждение, премия (что-л. предоставляемое в качестве стимула в каком-л. проекте, какой-л. системе и пр.)

    consumer premium — подарок [премия\] потребителю*

    The program will award points to consumers for each brewery visit during the week, allowing them to earn premiums such as beer mugs and logo shirts.

    Mortgage brokers, who match borrowers with lenders, can earn premiums by steering borrowers to higher-rate loans.

    They claim that lenders on the higher-than-market rate loans will pay a premium to the mortgage broker and that those payments will be used to pay the fees associated with the low-interest loans.

    See:
    2) страх. = insurance premium

    ATTRIBUTES: adjustable, assumed 3) а), base 3. 3) а), direct 1. 3) а), earned 1. 1) а), fixed 1. 4) а), flexible 1. 2) б), gross 1. 3) а), а initial 1. 2) б), level 2. 3) б), lump sum, net 3. 3) а), n1а outstanding 1. 3) а), periodic 1. 1) а), regular 1. 2) б), n2 subject 1. 2) б), n2 underlying 1. 2) б), n2 variable 1. 2) б), n2 written 1. 4) а), б

    annual [yearly\] premium — ежегодная премия

    monthly [biweekly, weekly\] premium — ежемесячная [двухнедельная, еженедельная\] премия

    annual [monthly, weekly\] premium insurance — страхование с ежегодной [ежемесячной, еженедельной\] уплатой премий [премии\]

    annual premium policy — полис с ежегодной уплатой премий [премии\]

    ATTRIBUTES:

    paid premium — уплаченная [выплаченная\] премия

    The refund of paid premium is based on the insured's age at death and is decreased by any benefits paid under the plan.

    Company-paid premiums are deductible by the employer as an ordinary and necessary business expense. — Уплаченные компанией премии подлежат вычету работодателем как обычные и необходимые деловые расходы.

    For federal tax purposes the employer-paid premiums are taxed as additional earned income for the employee. — Для целей федерального налогообложения, уплаченные работодателем премии облагаются налогом как дополнительный заработанный доход работника.

    Employee-paid premiums for health insurance vary by salary. — Размер уплачиваемых работником премий по страхованию здоровья меняется в зависимости от размера оклада.

    We can recover overpaid premiums for the last three policy years.

    unpaid premium — неуплаченная [невыплаченная\] премия

    The late charge formula is the unpaid premium amount multiplied by four percent.

    COMBS:

    life insurance premiums, life premiums — премии по страхованию жизни

    non-life insurance premiums, non-life premiums — премии по страхованию иному, чем страхование жизни; премии по страхованию "не жизни"

    health insurance premiums, health premiums — премии по страхованию здоровья

    liability insurance premiums, liability premiums — премии по страхованию ответственности

    disability insurance premiums, disability premiums — премии по страхованию от [на случай\] нетрудоспособности

    property insurance premiums, property premiums — премии по страхованию имущества

    premium payment — уплата [выплата\] премии; премиальный платеж

    Mortgage insurance premium payments are made once per year. — Выплаты премий по ипотечному страхованию осуществляются раз в год.

    premium of $1000, $1000 premium — премия [надбавка\] в размере 1000 долл.

    Our commercial premium finance program allows you to finance premiums from $0 to $200000 or more.

    The policies in question have a waiver of premium benefit, whereby the insurer would waive premiums during any period in which the policyholder is disabled.

    We cede premiums and losses to reinsurers under quota share reinsurance agreements. — Мы передаем премии и убытки перестраховщиками на основании договоров квотного перестрахования.

    Also, under our quota share assumed reinsurance contracts, we will continue to assume premiums through the third quarter of 2006. — Также, на основании принятых договоров квотного перестрахования, мы будем продолжать принимать премии на протяжении третьего квартала 2006 г.

    to write premiumsподписывать премии*; страховать*, принимать на страхование*, осуществлять страхование*

    In general, for insurers to write premiums in California, they must be admitted by the Insurance Commissioner. — В общем, для того, чтобы страховщики смогли осуществлять страховую деятельность в Калифорнии, они должны получить разрешение уполномоченного по страхованию.

    The company is licensed to write insurance business in all 50 states, has specialty lines in risk insurance for architects and lawyers and is expected to write premiums of $75 million this year. — Компания имеет лицензию на осуществление страховой деятельности во все 50 штатах, предлагает специальные разновидности страхования рисков для архитекторов и юристов и, как ожидается, подпишет в этом году премий на сумму 75 млн долл.

    Moreover, an insurance company that earns premiums between $300,000 and $1,000,000 is taxed at a reduced rate.

    If you want to pay premiums for a limited time, the limited payment whole life policy gives you lifetime protection but requires only a limited number of premium payments.

    to raise [to increase\] premiums — увеличивать премии

    to reduce [to decrease, to cut\] premiums — уменьшать премии

    premiums go down — премии снижаются [уменьшаются\]

    See:
    adjustable premium, advance premium, annual premium, annuity premium, base premium, beneficiary premium, deposit premium, direct premiums, earned premium, financed insurance premium, financed premium, fixed premium, flexible premium, graded premium, gross premium, in-force premiums, initial premium, level premium, lump sum premium, modified premium, mortgage insurance premium, net premium, net retained premiums, new business premiums, outstanding premiums, periodic premium, premium earned, premiums in force, premium written, regular premium, reinsurance premium, renewal premium, retained premiums, retrospective premium, return premium, single premium, subject premium, surplus line premium, surplus lines premium, underlying premium, unearned premium, valuation premium, vanishing premium, variable premium, written premium, yearly premium, overall premium limit, premium audit, premium auditor, premium base, premium bordereau, premium conversion, premium discount, premium financing, premium holiday, premium income б), premium loan, premium notice, premium rate 1) б), premium receipt, premium refund, premium subsidy, premium tax, premium trust fund, return of premium, waiver of premium, continuous-premium whole life, premium only plan, premium-to-surplus ratio
    3)

    to fetch a premium [a premium price\] — продаваться с надбавкой [с премией\]

    Premium products generally fetch a premium price. — Премиальные товары обычно продаются с надбавкой [с премией\].

    to command a premium [a premium price\] — продаваться с надбавкой [с премией\], продаваться по премиальной цене

    Some products command a premium price in the marketplace simply because they are considered to be higher in quality. — Некоторые товары продаются на рынке по премиальной цене просто из-за того, что они считаются товарами более высокого качества.

    to command a premium — содержать надбавку [премию\]* (о ценах, ставках)

    As long as there is a threat of war in the Middle Eastern oil fields, oil prices will command a premium. — До тех пор, пока существует угроза войны на территории средневосточных нефтяных месторождений, цены на нефть будут содержать надбавку.

    to attract a premium/a premium price/a premium rate — продаваться с премией [надбавкой\], стоить дороже; оплачиваться с надбавкой [с премией\]*

    Because of their locations these houses attract a premium. — Благодаря своему расположению эти дома стоят дороже.

    Therefore, when we buy your diamond, we can pay a premium over the current market price.

    For which services are customers willing to pay a premium when flying with a low-fare airline?

    Ant:
    See:
    б) фин. премия (сумма, на которую цена размещения или текущая рыночная цена ценной бумаги больше ее номинала)

    ATTRIBUTES: amortizable б)

    COMBS:

    $20-a-share premium — премия в размере $20 на (одну) акцию

    H-P will buy 1,2 million Convex shares at $14.875 a share, representing a 1,25-a-share premium over the price of Convex stock. — "H-P" купит 1,2 млн акций компании "Конвекс" по цене 14,875 долл. за штуку, что означает уплату премии в размере 1,25 долл. на акцию сверх цены акций "Конвекса".

    COMBS:

    premium over [to\] market price — премия к рыночной цене, премия сверх рыночной цены

    premium over [to\] issue price — премия к эмиссионной цене, премия сверх эмиссионной цены

    premium payment — уплата [выплата\] премии; премиальный платеж

    Mortgage insurance premium payments are made once per year. — Выплаты премий по ипотечному страхованию осуществляются раз в год.

    premium of $1000, $1000 premium — премия [надбавка\] в размере 1000 долл.

    10% premium, premium of 10% — премия [надбавка\] в размере 10%

    The shares jumped to a 70 per cent premium on the first day.

    Of all the common bond-tax errors, the most surprising to me is neglecting to amortize premiums paid on taxable bonds.

    For premium securities, we project the excess coupon. payments using our prepayment assumption.

    Ant:
    See:
    в) фин. премия (при оценке стоимости предприятия или крупных пакетов акций: разница, на которую фактически согласованная цена предприятия/пакета акций больше базовой рыночной цены)
    See:
    г) эк. премия; надбавка (сумма, на которую цена товара, услуги или ценной бумаги превышает цену сходного товара, услуги или ценной бумаги)

    Currently, US small caps are trading at a 15.7 per cent premium to large caps. — В настоящее время, акции американских компаний с маленькой капитализацией по сравнению с акциями компаний с большой капитализацией торгуются с премией в размере 15,7%.

    Platinum usually trades at a premium to gold. — Платина обычно продается по более высокой цене, чем золото.

    See:
    д) фин. ажио (превышение стоимости золотых или серебряных денег по сравнению с бумажными деньгами)
    Syn:
    agio в)
    See:
    е) эк. премия; надбавка (в самом общем смысле: дополнительная сумма, на которую увеличена базовая стоимость или другая базовая величина)

    перен. to put [place\] a premium on (smth.) — считать (что-л.) исключительно важным [ценным\], придавать (чему-л.) большое значение

    He put a premium on peace and stability. — Он считает исключительно важным поддержание мира и стабильности.

    Employers today put a premium on reasoning skills and willingness to learn. — В наше время работодатели придают большое значение умению рассуждать и готовности учиться.

    Ant:
    See:
    4) эк. тр. премия, (премиальная) надбавка (дополнительное вознаграждение, выплачиваемое в дополнение к заработной плате в качестве поощрения за хорошую работу, работу в сверхурочные и т. п.)

    COMBS:

    premium payment — уплата [выплата\] премии; премиальный платеж

    premium of $1000, $1000 premium — премия [надбавка\] в размере 1000 долл.

    to attract a premium/a premium rate — оплачиваться с надбавкой [с премией\]*

    In many industries work on Saturday or Sunday will attract a premium on the ordinary hourly rate. — Во многих отраслях работа в субботу или воскресенье предусматривает выплату надбавки сверх обычной часовой ставки.

    Neither federal law nor state law requires local government employers to give employees paid holidays or to pay a premium when employees must work on what would otherwise be a holiday.

    Syn:
    bonus 3)
    See:
    5) фин. = option premium

    Investors willing to buy stock at certain prices might consider selling puts to earn premiums, while those willing to sell shares at certain prices might think about selling calls.

    When you purchase an option, you pay a premium. — Покупая опцион, вы уплачиваете премию.

    See:
    2. прил.
    1) общ. первосортный, высшего качества [сорта\], исключительный, премиальный

    premium product — премиальный товар, товар высшего сорта

    premium card — первоклассная [приоритетная, премиальная\] карта [карточка\]*

    premium space — привилегированное [премиальное\] место*

    premium advertising — премиальная [первосортная, элитная\] реклама*

    premium customer — премиальный клиент [покупатель\]*

    premium quality — премиальное [высшее\] качество; премиальный [высший\] сорт

    premium grade — премиальный [высший\] сорт

    See:
    2) эк. премиальный, с премией, с надбавкой (о ценах, ставках выше обычного уровня)

    premium price — цена с надбавкой, цена с премией, премиальная цена

    See:

    * * *
    premium; PM; Prem премия, маржа: 1) премия (надбавка) к цене, курсу: разница между более высокой текущей (рыночной) и номинальной ценами финансового актива (напр., облигации); см. discount; 2) разница между более высоким срочным (форвардным) и наличным валютными курсами, т. е. валюта на срок продается с премией; 3) ажио: более высокая стоимость золотых или бумажных денег по отношению к бумажным деньгам; 4) цена опциона: сумма, уплачиваемая за получение права продать или купить финансовый инструмент; 5) = insurance premium; 6) платеж по рентному контракту; 7) = call premium; 8) льгота, призванная привлечь вкладчиков или заемщиков, а также покупателей товаров и услуг (напр., повышенная процентная ставка, скидки с цен и др.); 9) надбавка к рыночной цене, которую иногда приходится уплачивать при заимствованиях ценных бумаг для их поставки по "короткой" продаже; 10) разница в цене между данной ценной бумагой и сходными бумагами или индексом (напр., говорят: "бумага продается с премией к аналогичным бумагам"); 11) новая ценная бумага, продающаяся с премией; 12) надбавка к рыночной цене ценных бумаг в случае тендерного предложения; см. premium raid;
    * * *
    Финансы/Кредит/Валюта
    отклонение в сторону превышения рыночного курса денежных знаков и ценных бумаг от их нарицательной стоимости
    -----
    разница между рыночной ценой и ценой эмиссии акции или ценной бумаги; при начале операции с акциями нового выпуска говорится, что рыночная цена включает премию по отношению к цене эмиссии
    -----
    сумма, выплачиваемая держателем полиса для получения страховой суммы в нужный момент
    -----
    Банки/Банковские операции
    премия, вознаграждение, надбавка

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > premium

  • 19 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 20 HÖND

    * * *
    (gen. handar, dat. hendi; pl. hendr), f.
    1) hand;
    taka hendi á e-u, to touch with the hand;
    hafa e-t í hendi, to hold in the hand;
    drepa hendi við e-u, to refuse;
    halda hendi yfir e-m, to protect one;
    taka e-n höndum, to seize, capture;
    bera hönd fyrir höfuð sér, to defend oneself;
    eiga hendr sínar at verja, to act in self defence;
    láta e-t hendi firr, to let go out of one’s hands, to lose;
    taka í hönd e-m, to join hands with one;
    eiga e-t jöfnum höndum, to own in equal shares;
    sverja sér af hendi, to forswear;
    af hendi e-s, on one’s behalf, on the part of (af hendi landsmanna);
    at hendi, as adv. in turn;
    hverr at hendi, each in turn;
    felast á hendi e-m, to be under one’s protection;
    hvat er þér á höndum, what hast thou in hand?;
    ef honum væri ekki á höndum, if he had nothing in hand, if his hands were free;
    eiga e-t fyrir hendi (höndum), to have in hand (duty, business, engagement);
    vera í hendi, to be at hand, at one’s disposal;
    hafa vel (illa) í höndum, to behave well (badly);
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, manage, discharge;
    hljóta e-t undan hendi e-s, from one, at one’s hand;
    á hönd, á hendr, against (lýsa vígi á hönd e-m);
    snúa vanda á hendr e-m, to throw the responsibility on one;
    fœrast e-t á hendr, to undertake;
    ganga (drífa) á hönd e-m, to submit to one;
    bjargast á sínar hendr, by one’s own handiwork;
    selja, gefa, fá e-t í hönd (hendr) e-m, to give into one’s hands, hand over;
    búa e-t í hendr e-m, to make it ready for one;
    þá sömu nótt, er fór í hönd, the following night;
    veðr óx í hönd, the wind rose higher and higher;
    vera hœgt um hönd, to be easy in hand;
    til handa e-m, into one’s hands;
    ganga til handa e-m, to put oneself in another’s hands, submit to him;
    ef þat berr þér til handa, if it befalls thee;
    þá skömrn kýs ek mér eigi til handa, I will not have that shame at my door;
    biðja konu til handa e-m, on one’s behalf, for him;
    2) the arm and hand, the arm (höndin gekk af axlarliðnum; hann hefir á hœgri hendi hring fyrir ofan ölnboga);
    var eigi djúpara en þeim tók undir hendr, the water just reached to their armpits;
    3) hand, side;
    á hœgri (vinstri) hönd, on the right (left) hand, side;
    á hvára hönd, on either hand;
    minnar (yðvarrar) handar, for my (your) part;
    4) kind, sort;
    allra handa árgœzka, great abundance of all things.
    * * *
    f., gen. handar, dat. hendi, acc. hönd, pl. hendr, mod. proncd. höndur, gen. handa; [Goth. handus; A. S. and Engl. hand; O. H. G. hant; Germ. hand; Dan. haand; Swed. hand]:—a hand; beit höndina þar er nú heitir úlfliðr, Edda 17; armleggir, handleggir ok hendr, Anecd. 6; kné eðr hendi, Grág. ii. 8; ganga á höndum, Fms. vi. 5; með hendi sinni, K. Þ. K. 5 new Ed.; taka hendi á e-u, to touch with the hand, Fms. x. 110; taka höndum um háls e-m, Nj. 10; hvítri hendi, Hallfred; hafa e-t í hendi, to hold in hand, wield, Eg. 297, Nj. 84, 97, 255; hrjóta ór hendi e-m, Fms. xi. 141; hafa fingrgull á hendi, Nj. 146; handar-högg, Fms. xi. 126, Fas. ii. 459; sjá ekki handa sinna skil (deili), not to be able to see one’s hands, of a dense fog.
    2. the arm and hand, the arm, like Gr. χείρ, Nj. 160, 253; á hendi heitir alnbogi, Edda 110; hendr til axla, Fas. i. 160; leggir handa ok fóta, Magn. 532; hönd fyrir ofan úlnlið, Nj. 84; hafa hring á hendi, of an arm-ring, Nj. 131; hring á hægri hendi fyrir ofan ölnboga, Fms. iv. 383:—the arm and arm-pit, ná, taka undir hönd ( arm-pit) e-m, Gþl. 380; var eigi djúpara en þeim tók undir hendr, the water reached to their arm-pits, Ld. 78; taka undir hönd sér, to take hold under one’s arms, Eg. 237, Nj. 200; sjá undir hönd e-m, Fas. ii. 558; renna undir hendr e-m, to backspan one, Háv. 40, 41; þykkr undir hönd, stout, Ld. 272.
    3. metaph. handwriting, hand; rita góða hönd, to write a good hand; snar-hönd, running hand, italics.
    II. the hand, side; hægri hönd, the right hand; vinstri hönd, the left hand; á hvára hönd, on either hand, each side, Landn. 215; á vinstri hönd, Nj. 196; á hægri hönd; á tvær hendr, on both hands or sides, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384; á báðar hendr, Grág.; hvat sem á aðra hönd ber, whatsoever may happen; á aðra hönd … en á aðra, Ld. 46; til hvárigrar handara, Fms. x. 313; til annarrar handar, Nj. 50, 97; til sinnar handar hvárr, 140; til beggja handa, Eg. 65; til ýmsa handa, Bs. i. 750; þver-hönd, a hand’s breadth; örv-hönd.
    III. sayings and phrases referring to the hand:
    1. sayings; sjálfs hönd er hollust, one’s own hand is best, i. e. if you want to have a thing well done, do it yourself, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 157; blíð er bætandi hönd, blessed is the mending hand; gjörn er hönd á venju, Grett. 150, Nj. (in a verse), and Edda (Ht. 26); margar hendr vinna létt verk; fiplar hönd á feigu tafli; betri ein kráka í hendi en tvær á skógi, Ld. 96; skamma stund verðr hönd höggvi fegin, see högg.
    2. phrases; drepa hendi við, to refuse, Nj. 71; halda hendi yfir e-m, to hold one’s hand over, protect, 266, Fbr. 22, Anecd. 14; taka e-n höndum, to take hold with the hands, seize, capture, Fms. x. 314, Nj. 265, passim; eiga hendr sínar at verja, to act in self-defence, 84, 223; hefja handa, to lift the hands, stir for action, 65, Ld. 262; bera hönd fyrir höfuð sér, to put one’s hand before one’s head, stand on one’s guard, defend oneself; vera í hers höndum, óvina höndum, to be in a state of war, exposed to rapine; vera í góðum höndum, vina-höndum, góðra manna höndum, to be in good hands, among friends.
    β. læknis-hendr, ‘leech hands,’ healing hands; pains and sickness were believed to give way to the magical touch of a person gifted with such hands, Sdm. 4, Magn. S. Góða ch. 36 (Fms. vi. 73), cp. Rafns S. ch. 2; hönd full, a handful, Fms. ii. 302, vi. 38, viii. 306; fullar hendr fjár, hands full of gold:—kasta hendinni til e-s, to huddle a thing up; með harðri hendi, with hard hand, harshly, rudely; með hangandi hendi, with drooping hand, slothfully; fegins hendi, with glad hand, joyfully; sitja auðum höndum, to sit with empty hands, sit idle; but með tómar hendr, empty-handed, portionless, Thom.:—láta hendr standa fram úr ermum, to work briskly; víkja hendi til e-s (handar-vik), to move the hand to do a thing; það er ekki í tveim höndum að hafa við e-n, of double handed (i. e. faltering) half measures, when the one hand undoes what the other has done; kann ek þat sjá at ekki má í tveim höndum hafa við slíka menn, Band. 3; láta hönd selja hendi, of a ready bargain; láta e-t ganga hendi firr, to let go out of one’s hands, lose, Ld. 202; ok lét sér eigi hendi firr ganga, and never lost sight of him, 656 ii. 4; e-m fallask hendr, to be discomfited, lose one’s head (see falla); leggja görva hönd á allt, to be a ready hand, adept in everything, Thom. 300 (see göra F. 2); taka í hönd e-m, to join hands, Nj. 3; takask í hendr, to join, shake hands, Grág. ii. 80; leggja hendr saman, id., Gþl. 18,—of shaking hands as symbolical of a bargain, see the compds hand-lag, hand-festi, handa-band; eiga, taka, jöfnum höndum, to own, take with even hands, i. e. in equal shares, Grág. i. 171, ii. 66, Hkr. i. 318; vinna jöfnum höndum, to work even-handed, to help one another; e-m eru mislagðar hendr, one’s hands are amiss, when bad work is done by one from whom better was expected; honum hafa verið mislagðar hendr, etc.
    B. Metaph. usages:
    I. dat., sverja sér af hendi, to forswear, Fms. vii. 176; færa af höndum sér, to dismiss, Grág. i. 248; hefjask af höndum e-m, Fms. xi. 59:—af hendi e-s, on one’s behalf, part, Landn. 154; af hendi Hákonar, Fms. i. 20, iv. 118; af hendi landsmanna, ix. 359; af sinni hendi, of one’s own hand, for one’s own part, Grág. i. 392; reiða, greiða, gjalda, inna af hendi or höndum, to discharge, pay off, Fms. vii. 230, Nj. 146, 190, 232, 239, 257, 281, Grág. i. 82, ii. 374; selja, láta af hendi (höndum), to part with, dismiss, Nj. 186, 231, Fms. vii. 173, Rb. 12; líða af hendi, to pass, of time, Ísl. ii. 144, Fms. iv. 83: koma, bera at hendi, to happen, Nj. 71, 177: at hendi, as adv. in turn; hvern at hendi, each in turn, Fms. i. 150: þar næst Gunnarr, þá Loðinn, þá hverr at hendi, Nj. 140; hverr segir at hendi þat er frá honum hefir stolit verit, Mar.: felask á hendi e-m, to be under one’s charge, protection, Nj. 201, Bs. i. 167, 173. vera e-m á hendi, id., Fms. vii. 243; vera bundinn á hendi e-m, Sturl. i. 57: hafa e-t á höndum (hendi), to have a thing in hand, of duty, business to be done, Grág. i. 38; eiga ferð á höndum, Ld. 72; hvat er þér á höndum, what hast thou in hand? for what art thou concerned, distressed? Nj. 133, Ld. 270; ella eru þér stórir hlutir á höndum, Fms. vii. 30; ef honum væri ekki á höndum, if he had nothing in hand, if his hands were free, Ld. 42: eiga e-t fyrir hendi (höndum), to have in hand (duty, business, engagement), Fas. ii. 557; farvegr langr fyrir hendi, Fms. xi. 316; tveir kostir fyrir höndum, Nj. 264, Grág. i. 279; hafa sýslu fyrir höndum, Ísl. ii. 344; eiga vandræði fyrir höndum, Ld. 4; eiga gott fyrir höndum, Hkr. iii. 254: vera í hendi, to be at hand, within reach, at one’s disposal, in one’s power; hann er eigi í hendi, Fms. vi. 213; þat er eigi í hendi, ‘tis no easy matter, v. l.; hafa raun ( evidence) í hendi, Bs. i. 708; hafa ráð e-s í hendi sér, Ld. 174, Fas. i. 260; hafa vel, ílla í höndum, to behave well, badly, Ísl. ii. 387, Eg. 158; varð honum þat vel í höndum, 50: hafa e-t með höndum (fé, auðæfi, embætti, etc.), to have in hand, manage, discharge, Grág. ii. 389, Greg. 25, Stj. 248, Hkr. iii. 131; to design, hafa ráð, stórræði með höndum, 623. 51: hljóta undan hendi e-s, from one, at one’s hands, Fas. i. 365: undir höndum, eigi lítill undir höndum, not a small man to handle, Fms. vii. 17; vera undir höndum e-m, to be under or in one’s hands, under one’s protection, in one’s power, Sks. 337, Fms. i. 7, 13; sitja undir hendi e-m, Hkr. i. 166,—um hendr, Fms. iv. 71, is prob. an error = undir hendi.
    2. absol., annarri hendi, on the other hand, Fms. vii. 158; en annarri hendi vildu þeir gjarna veita konungi hlýðni, ix. 258.
    II. acc., with prepp.; á hönd, á hendr, against; höfða sök, lýsa vígi (etc.) á hönd e-m, to make a suit … against, Grág. i. 19, Nj. 86, 87, 98, 99, 101, 110, 120, 230; hyggja e-t á hendr e-m, to lay a thing to a person’s charge, Hom. 115; reynask á hendr e-m, to have a charge brought home to one, Fms. xi. 76; snúa vanda á hendr e-m, to throw the responsibility upon …, Nj. 215; færa, segja stríð á hendr e-m, to wage, declare war against one; fara geystr á hendr e-m, to rage against, Fms. vii. 230; færask e-t á hendr, to undertake, Nj. 126; ganga á hönd e-m, to vex one, 625. 33; sótt elnar á hendr e-m, Eg. 126; leggja e-t á hendr e-m, to lay ( a burden) on one’s hands, Fms. xi. 98; in a good sense, ganga á hönd, to pay homage to, submit, Ó. H. 184; dreif allt fólk á hönd honum, submitted to him, filled his ranks, Fms. i. 21; bjargask á sínar hendr, by one’s own handwork, Vápn. 28; (for at hönd, Grág. i. 135, read á hönd): selja, fá, gefa e-t í hönd, hendr e-m, to give into one’s hands, hand over; selja sök í hönd e-m (handsöl), Grág. ii. 80, Nj. 4, 98, 112, 186; so, halda e-u í hönd e-m, Ísl. ii. 232, Fms. vii. 274; búa í hendr e-m, to make it ready for one, Ld. 130; veiði berr í hendr e-m, Nj. 252; kalla til e-s í hendr e-m, to lay claim to a thing at the hands of another, Ld. 300, Eg. 350, Fms. iv. 222, ix. 424; þegar í hönd, offhand, immediately, Bs. i; þá sömu nótt er fór í hönd, the following night, Fms. viii. 397, Glúm. 341; gjalda í hönd, to pay in cash, Vm. 16; veðr óx í hönd, the wind rose higher and higher, Fb. i. 432: undir jafna hönd, equally, Sturl. iii. 243; standa óbrigðiliga undir jafna hönd, Dipl. v. 26: væra hægt um hönd, to be easy in hand, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni að vera, Núm. 1. 10; but mér er e-t um hönd, it is awkward, costs trouble: hafa við hönd sér, to keep at hand, Fms. x. 264; tóku konur manna ok dætr ok höfðu við hönd sér viku, Grett. 97; hafa e-t við höndina, to have it at hand.
    III. gen., with prepp.; til handa e-m, into one’s hands; fara Guði til handa, to go into God’s hands, Blas. 51; ganga til handa e-m, to put oneself in another’s hands, submit to him, Rb. 404, Eg. 12, Fms. vii. 234, Fas. ii. 522; ef þat berr þér til handa, if it befalls thee, i. 135; þá skömm kýs ek mér eigi til handa, I will not have that shame at my door, Nj. 191: for one, on one’s behalf, biðja konu til handa e-m, 120, 180, Grág. i. 353; í þeirri bæn er hann orti oss til handa, for its, for our use, our sake, 655 i. 2; hann hélt fénu til handa Þrándi, Landn. 214, Nj. 151; safnar konungr liði (til) handa Oddi, Fas. ii. 553; til handa Þorkatli, Fs.
    β. dropping the prep. til; mikit fé handa honum, Rd. 195 (late MSS.): whence, handa has become an adverb with dat., handa e-m, for one, Lat. alicui, which is freq. in mod. usage.
    2. adverbial; allra handa, Dan. allehaande, of every kind; allra handa árgæzka, Edda (pref.); allra handa ganganda fé, Þórð. 51 new Ed.; fjögurra handa, of a fourfold kind, H. E. i. 525.
    3. absol., minnar handar, for my part, Ísl. ii. 356; yðvarrar handar, for your part, Fms. ix. 498; hvárrar-tveggju handar, on either hand, Skálda 164; innan handar, within one’s hands, easy, Ld. 112; þótti þeim innan handar falla at taka land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, 210.
    C. COMPDS:
    I. plur., handa-afl, n., Edda, = handafl, p. 237. handa-band, n. a joining or shaking of hands, as a law term = handlag, Dipl. i. 11, iv. 2, Vígl. 23; in plur., Bs. (Laur. S.); heilsa, kveðja með handabandi. handa-festi, f. a hold for the hands, Fms. ii. 276. handa-gangr, m. grasping after a thing with all hands, Fas. iii. 345. handa-görvi, f. ‘hand-gear,’ gloves, Sd. 143, Fbr. 139. handa-hóf, n., in the phrase, af handahófi, at random. handa-kenning, f. hand touching, Eluc. 20. handa-klapp, n. a clapping of hands, Skálda 174. handa-læti, n. pl. gestures with the arms, Sks. 116. handar-mál, n., in the phrase, at handarmáli, in heaps; var þá drepit lið hans at handarmáli, Fas. i. 41. handa-saumr, m. tight gloves, Bs. ii. 10. handa-síðr, adj. = handsíðr. handa-skil, n. pl., in the phrase, sjá ekki h., not to see one’s own hands, as in the dark, in a dense fog. handa-skol, n. pl. maladroitness; það er allt í handaskolum. handa-skömm, f. shameful work, a scandal; það er mesta h.! handa-staðr, m. the print of the hands. Fas. i. 285. handa-tak, n., -tekt, f., -tekja, u, f. a taking of hands, as a bargain, Háv. 42, H. E. ii. 194, D. N. i. 398. handa-tæki, n. pl. a laying hold, a fight, Bs. i. (Laur. S.): a pledging of hands, Dipl. ii. 6, D. N. passim. handa-upphald, n. a lifting the arms, Stj. 296. handa-verk, n. pl. one’s handiwork, doings, N. G. L. i. 76, Fms. vii. 295, Stj. 198; í handaverkum eða bókfræði, 46; handaverk manna, men’s handiwork, Blas. 47; Guðs h.; ek em þín h., Sks. 610; hans h., Fms. viii. 406.
    II. sing., handar-bak, n. the back of the hand, Sdm. 7. handar-gagn, n. a being ready to the hand; leggja e-t til handargagns, to lay it so as to be ready at hand, Hkr. ii, 158, 249. handar-grip, n. a measure, = spönn, Karl. 481. handar-hald, proncd. handarald, n. a handle, Fas. ii. 355. handar-jaðarr, m. the hand’s edge; in the phrase, vera undir handar-jaðri e-s, to be in one’s hands, in one’s power, Fær. 201. handar-kriki, a, m. ‘hand’s-creek,’ the arm-pit, Eg. 396, Fms. vi. 348, Sturl. ii. 37. handar-mein, n. a sore in the hand, Bs. i. 115, 187, Sturl. ii. 177. handar-stúfr, m. a ‘hand-stump,’ stump of the arm, the hand being hacked off, Fms. x. 258, xi. 119. handar-vani, a, m. maimed in hand, Hm. 70, Matth. xviii. 8. handar-veif, n., í handarveifi, in a ‘wave of the hand,’ in a moment. handar-vik, n. the hands’ reach, movement, work; lítið handarvik, a small work. handar-væni, a, m. want of hands (?), Hm. 72.
    ☞ For the compds in hand- see pp. 237, 238.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HÖND

См. также в других словарях:

  • The New Church — New Church redirects here. For the Amsterdam church, see New Church (Amsterdam). The New Church Classification New Christian Orientation Swedenborgian Polity congregational, episcopal …   Wikipedia

  • History of Egypt under the Muhammad Ali dynasty — The history of Egypt under the Muhammad Ali Pasha dynasty was a period of rapid reform and modernization that led to Egypt becoming one of the most developed states outside of Europe. It also led to massive government expenditures, that ended up… …   Wikipedia

  • New York Civil Liberties Union — The New York Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU) is an civil rights organization in the United States. Founded in 1951 as the New York affiliate of the American Civil Liberties Union, it is a not for profit, nonpartisan organization with nearly 50,000… …   Wikipedia

  • The Blue Eagle At Work — The Blue Eagle At Work: Reclaiming Democratic Rights in the American Workplace is a legal treatise written by Charles J. Morris which analyzes collective bargaining under the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA), the federal statute governing most …   Wikipedia

  • Law of the People's Republic of China — is the legal regime of the People s Republic of China, with the separate legal traditions and systems of Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Macau. Between 1954 and 1978, there was not very much effort within the People s Republic of China to create a …   Wikipedia

  • Software patents under the European Patent Convention — Computer programs, software and patent law Topics …   Wikipedia

  • Law of Arms — The Law of Arms or laws of heraldry, governs the bearing of arms , that is, the possession, use or display of arms, also called coats of arms, coat armour or armorial bearings. Although it is believed that the original function of coats of arms… …   Wikipedia

  • Byzantium under the Heraclians — Infobox Former Country native name = Βασιλεία Ῥωμαίων conventional long name = Byzantine Empire common name = Byzantium p1 = Byzantium under the Justinian Dynasty s1 = Byzantium under the Isaurians year start = 610 year end = 711 date start =… …   Wikipedia

  • Law of Return — The Law of Return (Hebrew: חוק השבות, ḥok ha shvūt ) is Israeli legislation, originating in 1950, that gives Jews, those of Jewish ancestry, and their spouses the right to migrate to and settle in Israel and gain citizenship. LawOn July 5, 1950,… …   Wikipedia

  • Law Merchant — The Law Merchant is a legal system used by merchants in medieval Europe, including England. Rather than being the result of the edict of a final authority, it was evolved based on common usage.OriginsThe Law Merchant, or Lex Mercatoria , was… …   Wikipedia

  • New York Guard — Active 1917 1919, 1940 present Country United States Branch …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»